Kathāvatthupakaraṇa-anu复注
704 段
《论事论再注》显示巴利原文
Kathāvatthupakaraṇa-anuṭīkā
著作开端注释显示巴利原文
Ganthārambhavaṇṇanā
因为集起中包含了部分,故称为“集起”。这是依其统摄之义而说,正如“树中之枝”所示,并以“论集”(kathāsamudāya)等词加以说明。此处的“论”指三种:诤论(vādo)、诡辩(jappo)、强辩(vitaṇḍā)。其中,依量论来建立或否定自方与他方,便是诤论。凡是主题相同而彼此对立之法,即称为自方与他方,例如“如来死后有”与“如来死后无”(《长部》1.65);而若主题不同,即便彼此对立,也不叫作自方与他方,如“色无常”与“涅槃常”。依六种诡难处来建立或破斥自方与他方,便是诡辩。此处只是发起而已,并非为了成就义理,为表明此意,所以说“发起”。至于依六种诡难处,力求破斥对方,便是强辩。其中,为了依某种意图造成义理错乱并败坏言语,这便是诡难(chalaṃ),比如“此人是新毛布,我王是证人”等。能败坏之语,即是生类(jātayo),意指随后生起的不实言语。诡难处将在后文中显现。由此可知,在诤论、诡辩、强辩三种论中,此处的“论”特指诤论。而且应知,这是随顺不颠倒的法性而建立的,并非诤执之论。所谓“置母题”,即仅仅是宣说;所谓“已置”,即已经宣说。因为宣说意味着将应说的义理安置、存入所调伏者的相续中,所以称为安置。亦显示巴利原文
Samudāye ekadesā antogadhāti samudāyo tesaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhāvena vutto yathā ‘‘rukkhe sākhā’’ti dasseti ‘‘kathāsamudāyassā’’tiādinā. Tattha kathānanti tisso kathā vādo jappo vitaṇḍāti. Tesu yena pamāṇatakkehi pakkhapaṭipakkhānaṃ patiṭṭhāpanapaṭikkhepā honti, so vādo. Ekādhikaraṇā hi aññamaññaviruddhā dhammā pakkhapaṭipakkhā yathā ‘‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā, na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.65). Nānādhikaraṇā pana aññamaññaviruddhāpi pakkhapaṭipakkhā nāma na honti yathā ‘‘aniccaṃ rūpaṃ, niccaṃ nibbāna’’nti. Yena chalajātiniggahaṭṭhānehi pakkhapaṭipakkhānaṃ patiṭṭhāpanaṃ paṭikkhepārambho, so jappo. Ārambhamattamevettha, na atthasiddhīti dassanatthaṃ ārambhaggahaṇaṃ. Yāya pana chalajātiniggahaṭṭhānehi paṭipakkhapaṭikkhepāya vāyamanti, sā vitaṇḍā. Tattha atthavikappupapattiyā vacanavighāto chalaṃ yathā ‘‘navakambaloyaṃ puriso, rājā no sakkhī’’ti evamādi . Dūsanabhāsā jātayo, uttarapatirūpakāti attho. Niggahaṭṭhānāni parato āvi bhavissanti. Evaṃ vādajappavitaṇḍappabhedāsu tīsu kathāsu idha vādakathā ‘‘kathā’’ti adhippetā. Sā ca kho aviparītadhammatāya patiṭṭhāpanavasena, na viggāhikakathābhāvenāti veditabbaṃ. Mātikāṭhapanenevāti uddesadesanāya eva. Ṭhapitassāti desitassa. Desanā hi desetabbamatthaṃ vineyyasantānesu ṭhapanato nikkhipanato ṭhapanaṃ, nikkhepoti ca vuccati.
因缘序注释显示巴利原文
Nidānakathāvaṇṇanā
所说的“般涅槃”……(略)……。因为即便是无分别自性之义,为了通达它与其余诸法的差别,也像对待他法那样来施设,如说“持自性故为法”(《法聚论复注》1)。彼(sā),即指无为界。此处以作具(karaṇabhāvena)来说,是就所言的寂灭乃是最极成就而言。法论者……(略)……由于在具足如此智慧的人当中,并无他们的宗派存在,故说其智慧劣弱。“于所执中”,即于“胜义谛中有补特伽罗,阿罗汉会退失阿罗汉果”等所执中。“依诸契经”,即依天神相应等。至于相状分别,后文自当解说。显示巴利原文
Parinibbānameva…pe… vuttaṃ. Abhinnasabhāvampi hi atthaṃ tadaññadhammato visesāvabodhanatthaṃ aññaṃ viya katvā voharanti yathā ‘‘attano sabhāvaṃ dhārentīti dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1). Sāti asaṅkhatā dhātu. Karaṇabhāvena vuttā yathāvuttassa upasamassa sādhakatamabhāvaṃ sandhāya. Dhammavādī…pe… dubbalatā vuttā tathārūpāya paññāya bhāve tādisānaṃ pakkhabhāvābhāvato. Laddhiyāti ‘‘atthi puggalo saccikaṭṭhaparamatthena, parihāyati arahā arahattā’’tiādiladdhiyā. Suttantehīti devatāsaṃyuttādīhi. Liṅgākappabhedaṃ parato sayameva vakkhati.
破彼根本摄者:即毁坏根本结集、令其分裂,或将如其所安立而作异解。或离所摄者:即从根本结集之所摄中脱离。故言“未摄之经”。已了义者:因依文面即可解了其义故。未了义者:因须依变易、苦等引出其义故。于三处者:即依“有念之智者,于梵行住……”等所说之三因。依他义而说者:即依名为出家之梵行而说。安立余义者:即依一切梵行住之义,安立“诸天中无梵行住”等余义。经亦可依他义而说,复可依他义说已而安立,其义亦可安立余义——当知此处理趣如是。空等者:以“等”字含摄无常等。显示巴利原文
Bhinditvā mūlasaṅgahanti mūlasaṅgītiṃ vināsetvā, bhedaṃ vā katvā yathā sā ṭhitā, tato aññathā katvā. Saṅgahitato vā aññatrāti mūlasaṅgītiyā saṅgahitato aññatra. Tenāha ‘‘asaṅgahitaṃ sutta’’nti. Nītatthaṃ yathārutavasena viññeyyatthattā. Neyyatthaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhatādivasena niddhāretabbatthattā. Tīhi ṭhānehīti ‘‘sūrā satimanto idha brahmacariyavāso’’ti (a. ni. 9.21) evaṃ vuttehi tīhi kāraṇehi. Aññaṃ sandhāya bhaṇitanti ekaṃ pabbajjāsaṅkhātaṃ brahmacariyavāsaṃ sandhāya bhaṇitaṃ. Aññaṃ atthaṃ ṭhapayiṃsūti sabbassapi brahmacariyavāsassa vasena ‘‘natthi devesu brahmacariyavāso’’tiādikaṃ (kathā. 269) aññaṃ atthaṃ ṭhapayiṃsu. Suttañca aññaṃ sandhāya bhaṇitaṃ tato aññaṃ sandhāya bhaṇitaṃ katvā ṭhapayiṃsu, tassa atthañca aññaṃ ṭhapayiṃsūti evamettha yojanā veditabbā. Suññatādīti ādi-saddena aniccatādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti.
深奥之一分:即大教法及其眷属等。有人舍弃了全部阿毗达摩,弃之如经部师所为。他们声称彼非佛语。“论事有诤”等语,乃依前因缘疏释中已来之理趣而说。然复有人,认为补特伽罗施设亦复有诤。“自第三结集前已转起故”,此为何而说?岂非于第三结集前,彼亦以母题之相而转起?应知此是依《尼柯耶》而作是说。诸余法者:即造作阿毗达摩论等余法,于转起后亦作异解而安立,此为彼义。妙吉祥者:此说意在何处?以随顺三藏之比丘,并不受持此名故。或复思择:虽为余人所受持,然非随顺佛教之智者所受持,故作是说。部派名者:即大众部等部派之名,及犊子部等分部之名。显示巴利原文
Gambhīraṃ ekadesaṃ mahāpadesaparivārādiṃ. Ekacce sakalaṃ abhidhammaṃ vissajjiṃsu chaḍḍayiṃsu seyyathāpi suttantikā. Te hi taṃ na jinavacananti vadanti. Kathāvatthussa savivādattetiādi heṭṭhā nidānaṭṭhakathāya āgatanayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Keci pana puggalapaññattiyāpi savivādattaṃ maññanti. ‘‘Tatiyasaṅgītito pubbe pavattamānānaṃ vasenā’’ti idaṃ kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu tatiyasaṅgītito pubbepi taṃ mātikārūpena pavattateva? Niddesaṃ vā sandhāya tathā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Aññānīti aññākārāni abhidhammapakaraṇādīni akariṃsu, pavattantānipi tāni aññathā katvā paṭhiṃsūti attho . Mañjusirīti idaṃ kasmā vuttaṃ. Na hi taṃ nāmaṃ piṭakattayaṃ anuvattantehi bhikkhūhi gayhati? Itarehi gayhamānampi vā sāsanikapariññehi na sāsanāvacaraṃ gayhatīti katvā vuttaṃ. Nikāyanāmanti mahāsaṅghikādinikāyanāmaṃ, duttaguttādivagganāmañca.
转派者之分立,有经部师:即于转派者之次第,裂出一个名为经部师之部派。和合者:即总为一聚,意为计为一类。显示巴利原文
Saṅkantikānaṃ bhedo suttavādīti saṅkantikānaṃ anantare eko nikāyabhedo suttavādī nāma bhijjittha. Sahāti ekajjhaṃ katvā, gaṇiyamānāti attho.
“依已生之诤”是指第三结集时所生起的诤论。“能生起”:即从那时起,直至正法隐没为止,在此期间能够生起的。此处引用千部经,是为了破斥他宗、安立自宗的缘故。即使是一部分经文,也可以称为“经”,因为在部分之上也能见到对整体的施设,例如“岸已烧,海已见”那样的说法。而此处的经句,应当了知即是来自“有人为自利而行”等语句。显示巴利原文
Uppanne vāde sandhāyāti tatiyasaṅgītikāle uppanne vāde sandhāya. Uppajjanaketi tato paṭṭhāya yāva saddhammantaradhānā etthantare uppajjanake. Suttasahassāharaṇañcettha paravādabhañjanatthañca sakavādapatiṭṭhāpanatthañca. Suttekadesopi hi ‘‘sutta’’nti vuccati samudāyavohārassa avayavesupi dissanato yathā ‘‘paṭo daḍḍho, samuddo diṭṭho’’ti ca. Te panettha suttapadesā ‘‘atthi puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno’’tiādinā āgatā veditabbā.
一、补特伽罗论显示巴利原文
1. Puggalakathā
一、纯真实义显示巴利原文
1. Suddhasaccikaṭṭho
第一节 顺逆解说显示巴利原文
1. Anulomapaccanīkavaṇṇanā
1 由桑巴拉等所设计的咒术,以及依此所调配的药方,称为“幻术”。但此处所说的,是依于幻术而被赋予特殊性、显现为不真实可知形相的事物。为阐明此义,他说道:“借由幻术,非摩尼等物显现为摩尼等的形相,这称为幻术。”真实本身就是真实义,此义即是不颠倒智的所缘境,故称为真实义。因此他说“真实义”。正因不颠倒,故是最上、最殊胜的意义,名为胜义,是智的现量境界、诸法不可言说的自性。因此说“最上义”。显示巴利原文
1. Sambarādīhi pakappitavijjā, tathābhisaṅkhatāni osadhāni ca ‘‘māyā’’ti vuccanti, idha pana māyāya āhitavisesā abhūtaññeyyākārā adhippetāti dassento ‘‘māyāya amaṇiādayo maṇiādiākārena dissamānā māyāti vuttā’’ti āha. Saccaññeva saccikaṃ, so eva attho aviparītassa ñāṇassa visayabhāvaṭṭhenāti saccikaṭṭho. Tenāha ‘‘bhūtaṭṭho’’ti. Aviparītabhāvato eva paramo padhāno atthoti paramattho, ñāṇassa paccakkhabhūto dhammānaṃ aniddisitabbasabhāvo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘uttamattho’’ti.
“有”是依于言说的通称,即如“有人为自利而行”(《增支部》4.96;《论事》22)等处所用的“有”这一言说共称。他们说,由于随应义理的分别,言说受到六种破坏。“断除立足处”,即破坏其因,意思是使其成为无因。因为因是安立主张的根据,故为立足处;而为了显示其因仅是徒有其义,他说“若依真实义……”等。至于通过加行进行破斥,将在后文显现。“不给机会”,即不给陈述相应道理的机会。或者,“断除立足处”的意思是推翻其主张。“补特伽罗可被感知”——这是针对自宗论者,他宗论者的主张本身即不合理,因为所应简别者并非共许。因此他说:“由于不可被感知,你的论说不能成立,这是遮遣。”而“色可被感知……显示”等,是显示他宗论者所执之因,证成了相反的意义。显示巴利原文
Atthīti vacanasāmaññenāti ‘‘atthi puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.96; kathā. 22) ‘‘atthī’’ti pavattavacanasāmaññena. Atthavikappupapattiyā vacanavighāto chalanti vadanti. Patiṭṭhaṃ pacchindantoti hetuṃ dūsento, ahetuṃ karontoti attho. Hetu hi paṭiññāya patiṭṭhāpanato patiṭṭhā, taṃ pana hetuṃ atthamattato dassento ‘‘yadi saccikaṭṭhenā’’tiādimāha. Payogato pana dūsanena saddhiṃ parato āvi bhavissati. Okāsaṃ adadamānoti yathānurūpaṃ yuttiṃ vattuṃ avasaraṃ adento. Atha vā patiṭṭhaṃ pacchindanto, paṭiññaṃ eva parivattentoti attho. Upalabbhati puggaloti hi sakavādiṃ uddissa paravādino paṭiññāva na yuttā appasiddhattā visesitabbassa. Tenevāha ‘‘anupalabbhaneyyato na tava vādo tiṭṭhatīti nivattento’’ti. Rūpañca upalabbhati…pe… dassetīti etena paravādinā adhippetahetuno viparītatthasādhakattaṃ dasseti.
“可被感知”的意思是:就其形相而言,与具有该形相者并非别异,这是其意旨。如果不同,则是指形相与具有形相者的差异。对于“那么,那个补特伽罗依真实义、胜义可被感知”这第二个问题,此即是差别:即如前所述,两个问题所缘境的自性形相差异,这就是两个问题的差别。自性诸法虽从共相而言并非不同,但就其自相而言必定有异,因此,一个法绝不可能以另一法的形相被感知。如果可能,那就不会是别异的了。他宗论者可能会这样认为:“补特伽罗虽不以坚硬等、缘等形相被感知,但以其自身的真实自性义而被感知。”为了显示这种说法在面对“若依真实义……”等的责难时毫无机会,他说道:“然而如同……不应作责难。”其中,责难即指“你应知这是责难”中所说的责难,意思是:通过判定败诉来降伏他宗论者。显示巴利原文
Upalabbhamānaṃ nāma hotīti ākārato taṃākāravantānaṃ anaññattāti adhippāyo. Aññathāti ākāra, ākāravantānaṃ bhede. Etissāti ‘‘tato so puggalo upalabbhati saccikaṭṭhaparamaṭṭhenā’’ti evaṃ vuttāya dutiyapucchāya. Esa visesoti yo yathāvutto dvinnaṃ pucchānaṃ visayassa sabhāvākārabhedo, esa dvinnaṃ pucchānaṃ viseso. Sabhāvadhammānaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇena abhinnānampi salakkhaṇato bhedoyevāti aññadhammassa aññenākārena na kadācipi upalabbho bhaveyya. Yadi siyā, aññattameva na siyāti ruppanādisapaccayādiākārena anupalabbhamānopi puggalo attano bhūtasabhāvaṭṭhena upalabbhatevāti vadantaṃ paravādinaṃ pati ‘‘yo saccikaṭṭho’’tiādi codanā anokāsāti dassento āha ‘‘yathā pana…pe… niggaho ca na kātabbo’’ti. Tattha niggahoti ‘‘ājānāhi niggaha’’nti evaṃ vuttaniggaho, parājayāropanena paravādino niggaṇhananti attho.
然而,由于此责难源于其论辩的过失,故在注释书中以过失、罪过等同义语予以阐明。其中,不承认即是责难处。正如正理论者所说,有二十二种责难处:主张的舍弃、主张的变换、主张的矛盾、主张的放弃、理由的变换、意义的变换、无意义、意义不明、无关联、不合时宜、不足、过多、重复、不随说、不解、无辩才、散乱、认可他见、对应责难者的漠视、对不应责难者的责难、违反正理、似因。显示巴利原文
Svāyaṃ pana yasmā tassa vādāparādhahetuko, tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dosāparādhapariyāyehi vibhāvito. Avajānanañhettha niggahaṭṭhānaṃ. Tathā hi paṭiññāhāni, paṭiññāntaraṃ, paṭiññāvirodho, paṭiññāsaññāso, hetvantaraṃ, atthantaraṃ, niratthakaṃ, aviññātatthaṃ, asambandhatthaṃ, appattakālaṃ, ūnaṃ, adhikaṃ, punaruttaṃ, ananubhāsanaṃ, aviññātaṃ, appaṭibhā, vikkhepo, matānuññā, anuyuñjitabbassa upekkhanaṃ, ananuyuñjitabbassa anuyogo, apasiddhantaraṃ, hetvābhāsā cāti dvāvīsati niggahaṭṭhānāni ñāyavādino vadanti.
其中,于第一例证中,承认不相似的例证法,是主张的舍弃。于否定所主张之义时,指出其他意义,是主张的变换。宣说与主张相违的理由,是主张的矛盾。撤除所主张的意义,是主张的放弃。当无差别陈述理由而被否定时,宣说差别理由,是理由的变换。宣说与增上义不相应的意义,是意义的变换。如同念诵目录般无有意义,是无意义。即使说三遍,对手与证者仍不解,是意义不明。前后缺乏关联,是无关联。支分颠倒而说,是不合时宜。支分不全,是不足。理由与例证过多,是过多。除随说外,对词语意义一再重复,及重复已得义之言,是重复。对大众已知、已说三次者不作回应,是不随说。论者所说、大众已解而对手不解者,是不解。论者应说已说而对手无回应,是无辩才。以他事为由中断论谈,是散乱。承认己过而将过失归于他方,是认可他见。对已得责难处者进行责难,是对应责难者的漠视。对已得责难处者在不该责难处进行责难,是对不应责难者的责难。承认一宗义后,无定则地引入他宗义之说,是违反正理。不成立、不决定、相违者,是似因,即似因而非真因。显示巴利原文
Tattha visadisūdāharaṇadhammānujānanaṃ paṭhamudāharaṇe paṭiññāhāni. Paṭiññātatthapaṭisedhe tadaññatthaniddeso paṭiññāntaraṃ. Paṭiññāviruddhahetukittanaṃ paṭiññāvirodho. Paṭiññātatthāpanayanaṃ paṭiññāsaññāso. Avisesavutte hetumhi paṭisiddhe visesahetukathanaṃ hetvantaraṃ. Adhikatatthānupayogiatthakathanaṃ atthantaraṃ. Mātikāpāṭho viya atthahīnaṃ niratthakaṃ. Tikkhattuṃ vuttampi sakkhipaṭivādīhi aviditaṃ aviññātatthaṃ. Pubbāparavasena sambandharahitaṃ asambandhatthaṃ. Avayavavipallāsavacanaṃ appattakālaṃ. Avayavavikalaṃ ūnaṃ. Adhikahetūdāharaṇaṃ adhikaṃ. Ṭhapetvā anuvādaṃ saddatthānaṃ punappunaṃ vacanaṃ atthāpannavacanañca punaruttaṃ. Parisāya viditassa tīhi vuttassa apaccudāhāro ananubhāsanaṃ. Yaṃ vādinā vuttaṃ parisāya viññātaṃ paṭivādinā duviññātaṃ, taṃ aviññātaṃ. Taṃvādinā vattabbe vutte paravādino paṭivacanassa anupaṭṭhānaṃ appaṭibhā. Kiccantarappasaṅgena kathāvicchindanaṃ vikkhepo. Attano dosānujānanena parapakkhassa dosappasañjanaṃ paramatānujānanaṃ matānuññā. Niggahappattassa niggaṇhanaṃ anuyuñjitabbassa upekkhanaṃ. Sampattaniggahassa aniggahaṭṭhāne ca niggaṇhanaṃ anuyuñjitabbassa anuyogo. Ekaṃ siddhantamanujānitvā aniyamato tadaññasiddhantakathāppasañjanaṃ apasiddhantaraṃ. Asiddhā anekantikā viruddhā ca hetvābhāsā, hetupatirūpakāti attho. Tesañca kathanaṃ niggahaṭṭhānanti.
在这二十二种责难处中,此责难处名为“主张的放弃”,因为它是撤除所主张之义,自行否认。因此论中说:“仅以不承认便显示责难。”“未成立故”——以此说明,无论依现量还是比量,皆无法获得补特伽罗。因为补特伽罗不能由现量获得;若能获得,便根本不会有争论。也没有那样的比量可据以推知补特伽罗。正如教内的补特伽罗论者可能说:“补特伽罗可得,有补特伽罗”,因为世尊曾如是说,如同色、受等。凡世尊说“有”者,即于胜义上有,如色、受、想、行、识。凡于胜义上无者,世尊不说“有”,如自性论者等所说的自性等,他们所说为错谬。在此,若依世俗说补特伽罗存在,则成“已成之证因”;若依胜义说,则因不成立,因为世尊未那样说。而且,由于不能证成补特伽罗的无常、有为、缘起等性——而色、受等却被现见为如此,故其因相违。由此诸理,其无因性昭然若揭。显示巴利原文
Imesu dvāvīsatiyā niggahaṭṭhānesu idaṃ paṭiññāya apanayanato sayameva paccakkhānato paṭiññāsaññāso nāma niggahaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘avajānaneneva niggahaṃ dassetī’’ti. Asiddhattāti etena paccakkhato anumānato ca puggalassa anupalabbhamāha. Na hi so paccakkhato upalabbhati. Yadi upalabbheyya, vivādo eva na siyā, anumānampi tādisaṃ natthi, yena puggalaṃ anumineyyuṃ. Tathā hi taṃ sāsaniko puggalavādī vadeyya ‘‘puggalo upalabbhati, atthi puggalo’’ti bhagavatā vuttattā rūpavedanādi viya. Yañhi bhagavatā ‘‘atthī’’ti yadi vuttaṃ, taṃ paramatthato atthi yathā taṃ rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ. Yaṃ pana paramatthato natthi, na taṃ bhagavatā ‘‘atthī’’ti vuttaṃ yathā taṃ pakativādiādīnaṃ pakatiādīti, taṃ micchā. Ettha hi yadi vohārato puggalassa atthibhāvo adhippeto, siddhaṃ sādhanaṃ, atha paramatthato, asiddho hetu tathā avuttattā. Viruddho ca tassa aniccasaṅkhatapaṭiccasamuppannādibhāvāsādhanato rūpavedanādīsu tathā diṭṭhattātiādinā tassa ahetukabhāvasseva pākaṭabhāvato.
然而,外道诸异学却说:‘胜义上确实有自我,因为它是智与言说生起的所依,如同色等。或者,自我是不同于其他句义的色蕴,因为是蕴的自性,如同其他诸蕴。’这里所说的‘不同于其他句义者’,即指补特伽罗。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana bāhirakā puthu aññatitthiyā vadanti. Attheva ca paramatthato attā ñāṇābhidhānassa pavattiyā nimittabhāvato rūpādi viya. Atha vā attātirittapadatthantaro rūpakkhandho khandhasabhāvattā yathā taṃ itarakkhandhā. Yañhettha padatthantaraṃ, so puggaloti adhippāyo.
在此,前因对于施设而言,有不定与不成立之过。因为对自宗论敌来说,胜义上作为智与言说生起之所依,并不成立。若就世俗而言,则堕‘证成不成立者’之过,并有‘补特伽罗并非脱离色等自性而存在’等相违义。后因,若总括所证之义,则成‘已成之证因’;且主张色蕴之外别有句义、别有胜义之受等。若各别执取,则对自宗论敌而言,无有譬喻,以缺乏外道所分别的命我句义故。而‘色蕴并非脱离受等、具有双方共许的命我句义,如同其他诸蕴’等,亦有相违之义。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca purimassa hetuno paññattiyā anekantikatā asiddhatā ca. Na hi asato sakavādinaṃ pati paramatthato ñāṇābhidhānappavattiyā nimittabhāvo sijjhati. Vohārato ce, tadasiddhasādhanatā rūpādisabhāvavinimuttarūpopi puggalo na hotīti evamādiviruddhatthatā. Pacchimassa pana hetuno sādhetabbatthasāmaññapariggahe siddhasādhanatā, rūpakkhandhato padatthantarato paramatthantarabhūtavedanādisambhavassa icchitattā ca. Tabbisesapariggahe ca sakavādinaṃ pati udāharaṇābhāvo paraparikappitajīvapadatthavirahato. Itarakkhandhānaṃ vedanādivinimuttaubhayasiddhajīvapadatthasahitopi rūpakkhandho na hoti itarakkhandhā viyāti viruddhatthatā ca.
至于胜论派等说‘以乐等为所依故’的比量,应如是问他们:乐等与自我有何关联,而能由乐等为所依推知自我?若答为‘生起’,如是则一切乐等应一时俱起,以因已具足且不待他故。若还需其他根等别因,彼别因即是因,何须依凭未见其力、纯属虚妄分别的另一者?若复说乐等的作用系属于自我,此亦不成立,以无譬喻故。因为并无脱离色等、作为乐等所依的自性法存在,可举为譬喻以成立自我。以此方法,‘非复合词所诠故’等,亦应知为不合理而加遮止。同样,‘其余真实事物不成立故’,以此亦说明外道所分别的自性、极微等不成立。何以知其不成立?以量不可得故。自性并非由现量成立,迦毗罗仙人也承认此非现量,迦毗罗派同样认可。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana kāṇādā ‘‘sukhādīnaṃ nissayabhāvato’’ti anumānaṃ vadanti, te idaṃ vattabbā – kiṃ sukhādīnaṃ attani paṭibaddhaṃ yato sukhādinissayatāya attā anumīyati. Yadi uppādo, evaṃ sante sabbepi sukhādayo ekato eva bhaveyyuṃ kāraṇassa sannihitabhāvato aññanirapekkhato ca. Atha aññampi kiñci indriyādikāraṇantaramapekkhitabbaṃ, tadeva hotu kāraṇaṃ, kimaññena adiṭṭhasāmatthiyena parikappitena payojanaṃ. Atha pana tesaṃ attādhīnā vuttīti vadeyyuṃ, evampi na sijjhati udāharaṇābhāvato. Na hi rūpādivinimutto tādiso koci sabhāvadhammo sukhādisannissayabhūto atthi, yato attano attatthasiddhiyā udāharaṇaṃ apadiseyyuṃ. Iminā nayena asamāsapadābhidheyyattātiādīnampi ayuttattā nivāretabbā. Tathā ‘‘aññassa saccikaṭṭhassa asiddhattā’’ti iminā ca pakatiaṇuādīnampi bāhiraparikappitānaṃ asiddhatā vuttāvāti veditabbā. Kathaṃ pana tesaṃ asiddhīti? Pamāṇena anupalabbhanato. Na hi paccakkhato pakati siddhā kapilassapi isino tassa apaccakkhabhāvassa kāpilehi anuññāyamānattā.
他们又以比量说:‘有根本因,因为于诸差别物中见有随顺,犹如整体与一堆等。’以此,他们主张声等诸差别物有根本因存在。对此应说:整体等的根本因与其各别部分,是异还是不异?若异,则一切世界皆以根本因为质,便与自宗相违;若说因形态差别而可许为异,故无过失?不然,因为即使环、镯等形态有别,仍见金性无异。形态并非事物差别之因,不被对方所许。凡为某物差别之因者,彼物即不被执取,如金瓶、泥瓶、绢布、棉布等,而这些譬喻亦缺所证之法。因为‘整体等以根本因为先’这一点,在自性论者中并不成立,迦毗罗派也不承认有任何异。若非异,则譬喻不成立,因为同一事物既作所证又作譬喻,不合理;且‘见有随顺’也不成立,因为同一事物随顺自身是不合理的。对敌论者而言,以根本因见有随顺也不成立,因为他们不承认功德与根本因。如果说任何因即是根本因,谓‘果于此中被安置’,这也不成立,因为他们不许果存在于因中,也不许因有不成立之所依及他宗所许的差别。如果说果的作用特别系属于因,这倒可以成立,并无相违,因为诸法各依其缘而缘起,正是我们所许的。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana ‘‘atthi padhānaṃ bhedānaṃ anvayadassanato sakalakalāpamattaṃ viyā’’ti te anumānaṃ vadanti. Iminā hi bhedānaṃ satvādīnaṃ vijjamānapadhānatā paṭiññātā. Ettha ca vuccate – sakalādīnaṃ padhānaṃ tabbibhāgehi kiṃ aññattaṃ, udāhu anaññanti, kiñcettha yadi aññattaṃ, sabbo loko padhānamayoti samayavirodho siyā, saṇṭhānabhedena aññattha paṭijānanato na dosoti ce? Taṃ na, valayakaṭakādisaṇṭhānabhedepi kanakābhedadassanato. Na hi saṇṭhānaṃ vatthubhedanimittaṃ tassa anupādānattā. Yaṃ yassa bhedanimittaṃ, na taṃ tassa anupādānaṃ yathā suvaṇṇamattikādighaṭādīnaṃ suvaṇṇaghaṭo mattikāghaṭo koseyyapaṭo kappāsapaṭoti ca sādhetabbadhammarahitañca udāharaṇaṃ. Na hi padhānekakāraṇapubbakattaṃ sakalādīnaṃ pakativādino siddhaṃ, nāpi kāpilānaṃ kathañci aññattānujānanato. Anaññatte pana udāharaṇābhāvo. Na hi tadeva sādhetabbaṃ tadeva ca udāharaṇaṃ yuttaṃ, anvayadassanampi asiddhaṃ. Na hi tadeva tena anvitaṃ yujjati. Padhānena anvayadassanampi asiddhaṃ paravādinoti guṇassa padhānassa ananujānanato. Atha yaṃ kiñci kāraṇaṃ padhānaṃ ‘‘padhīyati ettha phala’’nti, evampi asiddhameva kāraṇe phalassa atthibhāvānanujānanato, hetuno ca asiddhanissayatāparābhimatabhedānanujānanato. Atha visesena kāraṇāyattavuttitā phalassa sādhīyati, na kiñci viruddhaṃ dhammānaṃ yathāsakaṃ paccayena paṭiccasamuppattiyā icchitattāti.
再者,自性论者主张:“被称为萨埵、罗阇、答磨的三种性质的平衡状态即是自性,此自性是常,与萨埵等不平等之相不同故为无常,与大等变异无别。”他们所说的这种自性不能成立,因为与变异无别,而变异具有与之相违的性质。正如不能说“马的角是长的,且它与短的牛角无别”,这种说法不能成立。更何况,三者并无一体性。因为那些希望自性与萨埵等三种性质无别的人,会导致萨埵等也与自性无别,但三者一体是不合理的。因此,自性不能成立。为何?因为会导致众多过失。如果具有显明性质的变异与具有非显明性质的自性无别,那么自性就会具有有因性、无常性、不周遍性、有造作性、多体性、依他性、有相性、有支分性、他缘性等众多过失,不应主张自性与本性的变异无别。若如此,则与教义相违。因此,自性仅是虚妄计度,不能成立,于此应得定论。显示巴利原文
Apica pakativādino ‘‘satvarajatamasaṅkhātānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ guṇānaṃ samabhāvo pakati, sā ca niccā satvādivisamasabhāvato aniccato mahatādivikārato anaññā’’ti paṭijānanti. Sā tesaṃ vuttappakārā pakati na sijjhati tato viruddhasabhāvato vikārato anaññattā. Na hi assassa visāṇaṃ dīghaṃ, tañca rassato govisāṇato anaññanti vuccamānaṃ sijjhati. Kiñca bhiyyo? Tiṇṇaṃ ekabhāvābhāvato. Satvādiguṇattayato hi pakatiyā anaññattaṃ icchantānaṃ tesaṃ satvādīnampi pakatiyā anaññattaṃ āpajjati, na ca yuttaṃ tiṇṇaṃ ekabhāvoti. Evampi pakati na sijjhati. Kathaṃ? Anekadosāpattito. Yadi hi byattasabhāvato vikārato abyattasabhāvā pakati anaññā, evaṃ sante hetumantatā aniccatā abyāpitā sakiriyatā anekatā nissitatā liṅgatā sāvayavatā paratantratāti evamādayo aneke dosā pakatiyā āpajjanti, na jātivikārato anaññā paṭijānitabbā. Tathā ca sati samayavirodhoti kappanāmattaṃ pakatīti asiddhā sāti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ.
且自性不成立,则作为其随属(依彼相而说)的大等亦不成立。如自性与大等,自在天、生主、人、时、自性、必然、命等亦尔(皆不成立)。于此,自在天先不成立,因不见其饶益。诸众生生时,由父母的种子与田地之作用,及业造作下劣等差别,此后由时节、饮食的滋养与支持,由诸根完成见等作用,可见其饶益,而自在天则非如此。若谓自在天作下劣等差别?不然,以不成立故。应成立‘如上所说之饶益差别是由自在天所化,而非由业’。若谓在其他主张中亦同此理?不然,以业之果决定成立故。若有造作积集之业,于彼处不善即导致下劣,善即导致殊胜,此理即成立。自在天论者亦不能否定业。显示巴利原文
Pakatiyā ca asiddhāya taṃnimittakabhāvena vuccamānā mahatādayopi asiddhā eva. Yathā ca pakati mahatādayo ca, evaṃ issarapajāpatipurisakālasabhāvaniyatiyadicchādayopi. Etesu hi issaro tāva na sijjhati upakārassa adassanato. Sattānañhi jātiyaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ bījakhettabhāvena kammassa hīnatādivibhāgakaraṇena, tato parañca utuāhārānaṃ brūhanupatthambhanena, indriyānaṃ dassanādikiccasādhanena upakāro dissati, na, evamissarassa. Hīnatādivibhāgakaraṇamissarassāti ce? Taṃ na, asiddhattā. Yathāvutto upakāraviseso issaranimmito, na kammunāti sādhanīyametaṃ. Itaratrāpi samānametanti ce? Na, kammato phalaniyamasiddhattā . Sati hi katūpacite kammasmiṃ tattha yaṃ akusalaṃ, tato hīnatā, yaṃ kusalaṃ, tato paṇītatāti siddhametaṃ. Issaravādināpi hi na sakkā kammaṃ paṭikkhipituṃ.
再者,若谓此世间之万象乃自在天所造,则有诸多过失。何以故?若此世间万象皆由自在天所造,则应随其言令一时顿现,而非渐次而生。因为诸法若已有具足之因,其果不应次第而生;若尚需观待他缘,则自在天的能力便有所减损。眼等诸根作为眼识等生起的因,其关系亦不成立。若说‘造作’,则即是‘因’。若自在天即是造作者,则一切因的因性便荡然无存。那些随顺世间差别而认为自在天为某类所喜者,便将自己归于被造作之列,一切因的因性也同此理。再者,此化现造作,或为自利,或为利他。若为自利,则自在天的自在性便失,因其未能办所应办,缺乏主宰与支配之力。若为自利,何不自行成就所应作之事?若为利他,世间有情已然如是,又为何要化现地狱、疾病等来令其受苦?又,其自在之性,或是自作,或是他作,或是无因而有。若是自作,则先在之前即已丧失自在性。若是他作,则于后时亦失自在性,且有依从他者、属于他者的过失。若是无因,则任何事物皆无自在可得。如是,自在天不能成立,应当了知。显示巴利原文
Apicetassa lokavicittassa issaranimmānabhāve bahū dosā sambhavanti. Kathaṃ? Yadi sabbamidaṃ lokavicittaṃ issaranimmitaṃ, saheva vacanena pavattitabbaṃ, na kamena. Na hi sannihitakāraṇānaṃ phalānaṃ kamena uppatti yuttā, kāraṇantarāpekkhāya issarassa sāmatthiyahāni. Cakkhādīnaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīsu kāraṇabhāvo na yutto. Karotīti hi kāraṇanti. Issaro eva ca kārakoti sabbakāraṇānaṃ kāraṇabhāvahāni. Yehi puthuvisesehi issaro pasīdeyya, tesañca sayaṃkāratā āpajjati, tathā sabbesaṃ hetukānaṃ kāraṇabhāvo. Yañjetaṃ nimmānaṃ, tañcassa attadatthaṃ vā siyā, paratthaṃ vā siyā. Attadatthatāyaṃ attano issarabhāvahāni akatakiccatāya isitāvasitābhāvato. Tena vā nimmitena yaṃ attano kātabbaṃ, taṃ kasmā sayameva na karoti. Paratthatāyaṃ pana paro nāmettha loko evāti kimatthiyaṃ tassa nirayādirogādivisādinimmānaṃ. Yā cassa issaratā, sā sayaṃkatā vā siyā paraṃkatā vā ahetukā vā. Tattha sayaṃkatā ce, tato pubbe anissarabhāvāpatti. Paraṃkatā ce, pacchāpi anissarabhāvāpatti sauttaratā ca siyā. Ahetukā ce, na kassaci anissaratāti evamissarassapi asiddhi veditabbā.
如同自在天,生主与人之说也是如此。在此,仅仅是名称上的差别。‘生主、人’乃是那些论师所施设的概念。对于那些欲求世间运行有所依凭的生主论与“人”论者,应当如同在自在天论中那样,安立其过失与不能成立的理据。又如同这些自在天等观念不能成立,由于缺乏确定的特相,‘时’也同样不能成立。从究竟意义上说,唯有实存诸法的自性相可得,比如地的坚硬性,而‘时’却不然,因此在究竟意义上没有‘时’。时论者说:‘流转相就是时。’应当反问他们:‘所说的流转,究竟是什么呢?’他们答道:‘是时节、须臾等的生起。’这也不对,因为不能确切了知它与色等法有别、别有自体。在究竟意义上,一个无法确定自性的流转相,连龟毛、兔角之类也应同样具有此相了。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca issaro, evaṃ pajāpati puriso ca. Nāmamattameva hettha viseso. Tehi vādīhi pakappitaṃ yadidaṃ ‘‘pajāpati puriso’’ti. Taṃnimittakaṃ pana lokappavattiṃ icchantānaṃ pajāpativāde purisavāde ca issaravāde viya dosā asiddhi ca vidhātabbā. Yathā cete issarādayo, evaṃ kālopi asiddho lakkhaṇābhāvato. Paramatthato hi vijjamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ sabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ upalabbhati. Yathā pathaviyā kathinatā, na evaṃ kālassa, tasmā natthi paramatthato kāloti. Kālavādī panāha ‘‘vattanālakkhaṇo kālo’’ti. So vattabbo ‘‘kā panāyaṃ vattanā’’ti. So āha ‘‘samayamuhuttādīnaṃ pavattī’’ti. Tampi na, rūpādīhi atthantarabhāvena aniddhāritattā. Paramatthato hi aniddhāritasabhāvassa vattanālakkhaṇatāyaṃ sasavisāṇādīnampi taṃlakkhaṇatā āpajjeyya.
至于迦那陀等论师所说:‘在一个事物之后有另一个事物,以及同时、久远、迅速等,这些都是时的特征。因为有特征存在,所以时是实有的。’此说并不合理,因为那个拥有特征的本体是不可得的。只有当特征与所表征的对象之间的关系已经成立,才能通过仅仅把握特征来了知那个被表征的对象。然而,任何一个心识不颠倒的人,都从未能凭借这些特征,去把握那个名为‘时’的被表征者。因此,‘因为有特征,所以时是实有的’这一说法并不合理。如果说:‘在一个事物之后有另一个事物’等差别,是作为特征的作用,因此是合理的?并非如此,因为这些其实是以‘先生起’等为特征的。除了名言施设之外,并没有一种名为‘先生起’的实法,因此在究竟意义上并没有‘时’。更进一步说,由多不可成一故。由于随顺世间施设,以过去等差别而有了多的时之差别。而你们又说‘时’是独一的。因为多不能成一,所以在究竟意义上没有‘时’。同样,由一亦不能成多。今天的现在时,在昨天是未来,在明天则是过去。昨天的现在时,在今天已成过去,明天的现在时在后天也是如此。一个自性不应具有多个自性,因此在究竟意义上‘时’不能成立。然而,依于诸法的生起,安立唯是名称的世间,并通过过去等差别来施设,应当了知这仅仅是世俗的假名施设。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana vadanti kāṇādā ‘‘aparasmiṃ aparaṃ yugapadi ciraṃ khippamiti kālaliṅgānīti liṅgasabbhāvato atthi kālo’’ti, taṃ ayuttaṃ liṅgino anupalabbhamānattā. Siddhasambandhesu hi liṅgesu liṅgamattaggahaṇena liṅgini avabodho bhaveyya. Na ca kenaci aviparītacetasā tena liṅgena saha kadāci kālasaṅkhāto liṅgī gahitapubboti. Ato na yuttaṃ ‘‘liṅgasabbhāvato atthi kālo’’ti. ‘‘Aparasmiṃ apara’’ntiādikassa visesassa nimittabhāvato yuttanti ce? Na, paṭhamajātatādinimittakattā tassa. Na ca paṭhamajātatādi nāma koci dhammo atthi aññatra samaññāmattatoti nattheva paramatthato kālo. Kiñca bhiyyo, bahūnaṃ ekabhāvāpattito. Atītādivibhāgena hi lokasamaññāvasena bahū kālabhedā. Tvañcetaṃ ekaṃ vadasīti bahūnaṃ ekabhāvābhāvato nattheva paramatthato kālo. Tathā ekassa anekabhāvāpattito. Yo hi ayaṃ ajja vattamānakālo, so hiyyo anāgato ahosi, sve atīto bhavissati. Hiyyo ca vattamāno ajja atīto ahosi, tathā sve vattamānopi aparajja. Na cekasabhāvassa anekasabhāvatā yuttāti asiddho paramatthato kālo. Dhammappavattiṃ pana upādāya kappanāmattasiddhāya lokasamaññāya atītādivibhāgato voharīyatīti vohāramattakoti daṭṭhabbo.
自性、必然性、意愿等亦不成立。为什么呢?因为没有特征。自性、必然性、意愿不可能依其自性而存在。若非如此,若真有某种如此性质的事物存在,它们便应以所谓自性的特征而存在,然而并无能安立它的因。但这些见解若被审察,终究只落于无因论。而世间万象并非无因,否则便会导致差别不存在的过失。因为在无因的情况下,人、天、地狱、畜生等诸趣中,诸根等的差别便不应存在,而智者并不认可这些差别不存在。再者,因是可见的。可见从眼等生起眼识等,从种子等生起芽等,因此这世间的转起也是从因所生。同样,以前后无因故:当众缘和合生起某个果时,在此之前及之后,那个果并不生起。何必多说呢?如果转起是无因的,那么‘无因的转起’这句言语本身,也应在各自缘和合之前或之后生起,但事实并非如此,因为未得缘时它不生起,唯在恰当时候得缘方才生起。一切有为法皆如此,故无因论不得成立。无因论既不成立,作为无因论的同义异名——自性、必然性、意愿等,也应知同样不成立。显示巴利原文
Sabhāvaniyatiyadicchādayopi asiddhā. Kiṃ kāraṇā? Lakkhaṇābhāvā. Na hi sabhāvato niyatiyadicchā sambhavati. Aññathā evaṃvidho koci bhāvo atthi ce, tesaṃ sabhāvasaṅkhātena lakkhaṇena bhavitabbaṃ, patiṭṭhāpakahetunā ca na catthi. Kevalaṃ panete vādā vimaddiyamānā ahetuvāde eva tiṭṭhanti, na cāhetukaṃ lokavicittaṃ visesābhāvappasaṅgato. Ahetukabhāve hi pavattiyā yvāyaṃ narasuranirayatiracchānādīsu indriyādīnaṃ viseso, tassa abhāvo āpajjati, na cāyaṃ paṇḍitehi icchito. Kiñca? Diṭṭhabhāvato. Diṭṭhā hi cakkhādito cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ bījādito aṅkurādīnaṃ pavatti, tasmāpi hetutovāyaṃ pavatti. Tathā pure pacchā ca abhāvato. Yato yato hi paccayasāmaggito yaṃ yaṃ phalaṃ nibbattati, tato pubbe pacchā ca na tassa nibbatti sambhavati, kiñca bahunā. Yadi ahetuto pavatti siyā, ahetukā pavattīti imāpi vācā yathāsakapaccayasamavāyato pure pacchā ca bhaveyyuṃ, na ca bhavanti aladdhappaccayattā, majjhe eva ca bhavanti laddhappaccayattā. Evaṃ sabbepi saṅkhatā dhammāti na sijjhati ahetuvādo. Tasmiñca asiddhe pavattiyā ahetubhāvo viya ahetupariyāyavisesabhūtā sabhāvaniyatiyadicchādayopi asiddhā eva hontīti veditabbā.
而胜论派等说:‘极微是常,由它们生起二微等果,那些果是无常的,世间的种种差别便依此成立。’这也只是虚妄的分别罢了。因为除了大种的和合之外,并没有所谓的极微。那个和合本身就是无常的,而常者生起无常的事物并不合理,因为它不能成为因,也从未如此见到过。如果它能成为某物的因,那么它必定是无常的,因为有了变化;而不可能不发生变化就能生果。如果发生了变化,常性又哪里还有容身之处呢?因此,应知像上面所说的极微等事物是无常的,其他由外道以常等性质构想出来的事物也不成立。所以说:‘然而,由于法的差别,其他的真实义并不成立。’显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana kāṇādā ‘‘paramāṇavo niccā, tehi dviaṇukādiphalaṃ nibbattati, tañca aniccaṃ , tassa vasenetaṃ lokavicitta’’nti vadanti, tampi micchāparikappamattaṃ. Na hi paramāṇavo nāma santi aññatra bhūtasaṅghātā. So pana aniccova, na ca niccato aniccassa nibbatti yuttā tassa kāraṇabhāvānupapattito tathā adassanato ca. Yadi ca so kassaci kāraṇabhāvaṃ gaccheyya, anicco eva siyā vikārāpattito. Na cāyaṃ sambhavo atthi, yaṃ vikāraṃ anāpajjantameva kāraṇaṃ phalaṃ nibbatteyyāti. Vikārañce āpajjati, kutassa niccatāvakāso, tasmā vuttappakārā paramāṇavo sattā aniccā, aññepi niccādibhāvena bāhirakehi parikappitā asiddhā evāti veditabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘dhammappabhedato pana aññassa saccikaṭṭhassa asiddhattā’’ti.
于此,若问:‘如果在胜义上补特伽罗不可得,然而,既然补特伽罗不可得,为什么世尊还在众多经中宣说补特伽罗的存在,如“有补特伽罗为自利而行”(增支部4.95;论事22)、“诸比丘,世间有这四种补特伽罗存在、可得”(增支部4.95;论事22)呢?’答:这是随顺所化者的意乐。因为善于调伏所化者的导师,在说法时,随顺所化补特伽罗的意乐,并随顺世间共称,在诸处施设补特伽罗,而并非因为在胜义上真有补特伽罗存在。显示巴利原文
Etthāha ‘‘yadi paramatthato puggalo na upalabbhati, evaṃ pana puggale anupalabbhamāne atha kasmā bhagavā ‘atthi puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno’ti (a. ni. 4.95; kathā. 22), ‘cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmi’nti (a. ni. 4.95; kathā. 22) ca tattha tattha puggalassa atthibhāvaṃ pavedesī’’ti. Vineyyajjhāsayavasena. Tathā tathā vinetabbānañhi puggalānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena vineyyadamanakusalo satthā dhammaṃ desento lokasamaññānurūpaṃ tattha tattha puggalaggahaṇaṃ karoti, na paramatthato puggalassa atthibhāvato.
再者,世尊以八种理由宣说补特伽罗之论:为阐明惭与愧、为阐明业自属、为阐明个人努力、为阐明无间业、为阐明梵住、为阐明宿住随念、为阐明施清净,及为不舍世间共许。倘若说“诸蕴惭、愧,诸界惭、愧,诸处惭、愧”,大众不解,心生迷惑,乃至成为反对者:“所谓诸蕴、诸界、诸处惭、愧,是何义?”然若说“女人惭、愧,男子、刹帝利、婆罗门惭、愧”,大众即知,不生迷惑,不成反对者。因此,世尊为阐明惭与愧而宣说补特伽罗之论。若说“诸蕴是业自属者,诸界、诸处是业自属者”,道理亦同。故亦为阐明业自属等而宣说补特伽罗之论。若说“竹林等大寺是由诸蕴、诸界、诸处所建”,道理亦同。同样,若说“诸蕴夺母命、夺父命、夺阿罗汉命、出佛身血、破和合僧,诸界、诸处亦尔”,若说“诸蕴修慈,诸界、诸处亦尔”,若说“诸蕴随念宿住,诸界、诸处亦尔”,皆与此理相同。因此,世尊为阐明个人努力、为阐明无间业、为阐明梵住、为阐明宿住随念而宣说补特伽罗之论。若说“诸蕴受施,诸界受施,诸处受施”,大众不解,心生迷惑,乃至成为反对者:“所谓诸蕴、诸界、诸处受施,是何义?”然若说“补特伽罗受施”,则知,不生迷惑,不成反对者。显示巴利原文
Apica aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā puggalakathaṃ katheti hirottappadīpanatthaṃ, kammassakatādīpanatthaṃ, paccattapurisakāradīpanatthaṃ, ānantariyadīpanatthaṃ, brahmavihāradīpanatthaṃ, pubbenivāsadīpanatthaṃ, dakkhiṇāvisuddhidīpanatthaṃ, lokasammutiyā appahānatthañcāti. ‘‘Khandhā dhātū āyatanāni hirīyanti ottappantī’’ti hi vutte mahājano na jānāti, sammohaṃ āpajjati, paṭisattu vā hoti ‘‘kimidaṃ khandhā dhātū āyatanāni hirīyanti ottappanti nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Itthī hirīyati ottappati, puriso, khattiyo, brāhmaṇo’’ti pana vutte jānāti, na sammohaṃ āpajjati, na paṭisattu hoti, tasmā bhagavā hirottappadīpanatthaṃ puggalakathaṃ katheti. ‘‘Khandhā kammassakā, dhātuyo āyatanānī’’ti vuttepi eseva nayo. Tasmā kammassakatādīpanatthampi puggalakathaṃ katheti. ‘‘Veḷuvanādayo mahāvihārā khandhehi kārāpitā, dhātūhi, āyatanehī’’ti vuttepi eseva nayo. Tathā ‘‘khandhā mātaraṃ jīvitā voropenti, pitaraṃ, arahantaṃ, ruhiruppādakammaṃ, saṅghabhedakammaṃ karonti, dhātuyo, āyatanānī’’ti vuttepi, ‘‘khandhā mettāyanti , dhātuyo, āyatanānī’’ti vuttepi, ‘‘khandhā pubbenivāsaṃ anussaranti, dhātuyo, āyatanānī’’ti vuttepi eseva nayo. Tasmā bhagavā paccattapurisakāradīpanatthaṃ ānantariyadīpanatthaṃ brahmavihāradīpanatthaṃ pubbenivāsadīpanatthañca puggalakathaṃ katheti. ‘‘Khandhā dānaṃ paṭiggaṇhanti, dhātuyo, āyatanānī’’ti vuttepi mahājano na jānāti, sammohaṃ āpajjati, paṭisattu vā hoti ‘‘kimidaṃ khandhā dhātū āyatanāni paṭiggaṇhanti nāmā’’ti. ‘‘Puggalo paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti pana vutte jānāti, na sammohaṃ āpajjati, na paṭisattu hoti, tasmā bhagavā dakkhiṇāvisuddhidīpanatthaṃ puggalakathaṃ katheti. Lokasammutiñca buddhā bhagavanto nappajahanti lokasamaññāya lokābhilāpe ṭhitāyeva dhammaṃ desenti, tasmā bhagavā lokasammutiyā appahānatthampi puggalakathaṃ kathetīti imehi aṭṭhahi kāraṇehi bhagavā puggalakathaṃ katheti, na paramatthato puggalassa atthibhāvatoti veditabbaṃ.
所谓“唯以法之分别相状”,意谓:于如前所述的色等法的分别之外,并无其他真实可得,故对补特伽罗的认知,唯应依于色等法的分别相状而存在。由此显示:“你所计执的补特伽罗,是以变坏的相状被认知,还是以领受、了别、造作、识知等任何一种相状被认知?”因为世间并不存在脱离这些相状的独立胜义法。对补特伽罗认知的承认者与否斥者,即是随顺承认的一方与随破斥的一方。虽然这两方依顺逆之理皆可成立,但最初安立而后展开的是第一种理趣,另一种则是第二种理趣。为显示它们的这一差别,故说“随顺承认……应当了知”。在此,随顺于所执见者为顺方,即第一种理趣;与之相违者为逆方,即第二种理趣,应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Dhammappabhedākārenevāti yathāvuttarūpādidhammappabhedato aññassa saccikaṭṭhassa asiddhattā rūpādidhammappabhedākāreneva puggalassa upaladdhiyā bhavitabbanti attho. Tena ‘‘kiṃ tava puggalo upalabbhamāno ruppanākārena upalabbhati, udāhu anubhavanasañjānanābhisaṅkharaṇavijānanesu aññatarākārenā’’ti dasseti tabbinimuttassa sabhāvadhammassa loke abhāvato. Avisesavisesehi puggalūpalabbhassa paṭiññāpaṭikkhepapakkhā anujānanāvajānanapakkhā. Yadipime dvepi pakkhā anulomapaṭilomanayesu labbhanti, ādito pana paṭhamaṃ ṭhapetvā pavatto paṭhamanayo, itaro dutiyanti imaṃ nesaṃ visesaṃ dassento ‘‘anujānanā…pe… veditabbo’’ti āha. Yathādhikatāya laddhiyā anulomanato cettha paṭhamo nayo anulomapakkho, tabbilomanato itaro paṭilomapakkhoti vuttoti veditabbanti.
“Tena vata re”一句中,“tena”是表因之词,意即:依彼因——那个用来安立补特伽罗认知的因。此因已如前文,依教内者与教外者的情况而开示。而此处称此为“似因”,是因为意在胜义。前文仅以“当知此是难诘”作了提示,现在则通过“你在那里所说”等结语形式,并显示其邪谬之相,使其昭然明了,从而将其确立、安立,故注释书中说“由于已被安立”。显示巴利原文
Tena vata reti ettha tenāti kāraṇavacanaṃ. Yena puggalūpalabbho patiṭṭhapīyati, tena hetunā. Svāyaṃ hetu sāsanikassa bāhirakassa ca vasena heṭṭhā dassito eva. Hetupatirūpake cāyaṃ hetusamaññā paramatthassa adhippetattā. Heṭṭhā ‘‘ājānāhi niggaha’’nti niggahassa saññāpanamattaṃ kataṃ, taṃ idāni ‘‘yaṃ tattha vadesī’’tiādinā nigamanarūpena micchābhāvadassanena ca vibhāviyamānaṃ pākaṭabhāvakaraṇato āropitaṃ patiṭṭhāpitaṃ hotīti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘āropitattā’’ti vuttaṃ.
其中,“补特伽罗可被认知”是主张支,以其本来面目显示。以“因此”一词,从共相上显示出因支。此因作为主张之法,若于同类中存在,于异类中不存在,方具足因相;否则便不具足。因此,彼因存在与不存在之处,即分为同类与异类,这便是喻支。如同色等可被认知,补特伽罗亦是;又如兔角不可被认知,补特伽罗并非如此,这便是合支。此合支由“然而,补特伽罗于真实胜义中可被认知”这段巴利文所阐明,在注释书中与因、喻一同被称为“立”。结支在巴利文中以其本来面目出现,在注释书中被称为“结”。如此,依循古传论式的次第,抉择出能立诸支而加以运用。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘puggalo upalabbhatī’’ti paṭiññāvayavo sarūpeneva dassito. ‘‘Tenā’’ti iminā sāmaññato hetāvayavo dassito. Yvāyaṃ yasmā paṭiññādhammo hutvā sadisapakkhe vijjamāno, visadisapakkhe avijjamānoyeva hetu lakkhaṇūpapanno nāma hoti, na itaro, tasmā yattha so vijjati na vijjati ca, so sadisāsadisabhāvabhinno duvidho diṭṭhantāvayavo. Yathā rūpādi upalabbhati, tathā puggalo. Yathā ca sasavisāṇaṃ na upalabbhati, na tathā puggaloti upanayo. Svāyaṃ ‘‘vattabbe kho puggalo upalabbhati saccikaṭṭhaparamatthenā’’ti imāya pāḷiyā dīpito, yo aṭṭhakathāyaṃ saddhiṃ hetudāharaṇehi ‘‘pāpanā’’ti vutto. Nigamanaṃ pāḷiyaṃ sarūpeneva āgataṃ, yā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ropanā’’ti vuttāti. Evaṃ porāṇena ñāyakkamena sādhanāvayavā niddhāretvā yojetabbā.
此后,当以顺逆观察的方式,抉择出对方所执取的因与喻,继而运用论式进行论证。为何还要另作阐述?因为对自他双方进行论证或破斥,正是依于因与喻,而非依于主张,因为主张仅为待证成者。而此二者已由“Tena vata re”等巴利文阐明,在注释书中以立、结为纲目予以开示。至于主张的安立,则是为了显示它们的所缘境,在论辩中作为根本,应如此了知。因此说“然而他将说”等。也正因此,注释书中将会说:“此顺……应知为一组四句”。同样又说“正如在那里”等。难诘是单独宣说,而非作为补救;这是意旨所在。所谓单独说,是指不与立、结混同,作为独立的支分而说,既不像其组成部分那样被涵盖其中而说,也不像安立那样不计入支分。而“ye pana”等,是就造论者而言。在第二……之中,难诘成为非真实,而补救成为真实,这是意旨所在。显示巴利原文
Idāni vattanena parapakkhupalakkhite hetudāharaṇe anvayabyatirekadassanavasena niddhāretvā sādhanapayogo yojetabbo. Kāraṇaṃ vattabbanti kimettha vattabbaṃ. Hetudāharaṇehiyeva hi saparapakkhānaṃ sādhanaṃ dūsanaṃ vā, na paṭiññāya, tassā sādhetabbādibhāvato. Taṃ pana dvayaṃ ‘‘tena vata re’’tiādipāḷiyā vibhāvitaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pāpanāropanāsīsena dassitaṃ. Paṭiññāṭhapanā pana tesaṃ visayadassanaṃ kathāyaṃ taṃmūlatāyāti veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘yaṃ pana vakkhatī’’tiādi. Teneva ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘idaṃ anuloma…pe… ekaṃ catukkaṃ veditabba’’nti vakkhati. Tathā cāha ‘‘yathā pana tatthā’’tiādi. Niggahova visuṃ vutto, na paṭikammanti adhippāyo. Visuṃ vuttoti ca pāpanāropanāhi asammissaṃ katvā visuṃ aṅgabhāvena vutto, na tadaññataro viya tadantogadhabhāvena vutto, nāpi ṭhapanā viya agaṇanupagabhāvenāti attho. Ye panāti padakāre sandhāyāha. Dutiye…pe… āpajjati tattha niggahassa ayathābhūtattā paṭikammassa ca yathābhūtabhāvatoti adhippāyo.
2 第二品。自宗论师不承认胜义中有补特伽罗,但承认世俗中有补特伽罗。对方论师虽知自宗论师的主张,却不依六种情况加以区分,而问:“补特伽罗于真实胜义中不可得否?”对此,自宗论师知道此人是补特伽罗论者,应破斥其见,故就胜义谛而答:“然也。”意即“不可得”。接着,对方就世俗谛而说:“所谓真实者……”其意为:依世间言说所成立的真实,正因如此,不可被任何人破斥,故从胜义而言,彼补特伽罗不可得。接着,自宗论师思惟:前已就胜义谛破斥了补特伽罗,现在此问是就世俗谛而发。因此不加破斥,而说:“不应如此说。”由此,注释书说:“他意在自所执取的真实,而对方是就世俗谛而言,这是意旨。”既然如此,若说“如果对方……不应发起”等,则不应说,因为第一问是意在胜义谛的真实。若说“若自宗论师……犯过”等,也不应说,因为第二问是意在世俗谛的真实。显示巴利原文
2. Paramatthato puggalaṃ nānujānāti, vohārato pana anujānātīti sakavādimataṃ jānantenapi paravādinā chalavasena vibhāgaṃ akatvā ‘‘puggalo nupalabbhati saccikaṭṭhaparamatthenā’’ti pucchāya katāya sakavādī tattha ayaṃ puggalavādī, imassa laddhi paṭikkhipitabbāti paramatthasaccaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘āmantā’’ti. ‘‘Na upalabbhatī’’ti hi vuttaṃ hoti. Puna itaro sammutisaccaṃ sandhāya ‘‘yo saccikaṭṭho’’tiādimāha. Tassattho – yo lokavohārasiddho saccikaṭṭho, tato eva kenaci apaṭikkhipitabbato paramatthato tato so puggalo nupalabbhatīti. Puna sakavādī pubbe paramatthasaccavasena puggale paṭikkhitte idāni sammutisaccavasenāyaṃ pucchāti mantvā taṃ appaṭikkhipanto ‘‘na hevaṃ vattabbe’’ti āha. Tenāha ‘‘attanā adhippetaṃ saccikaṭṭhamevāti sammutisaccaṃ sandhāyāti adhippāyo’’ti . Evamavaṭṭhite ‘‘yadi paravādinā…pe… nārabhitabbā’’ti idaṃ na vattabbaṃ paṭhamapucchāya paramatthasaccassa saccikaṭṭhoti adhippetattā. ‘‘Atha sakavādinā…pe… āpajjatī’’ti idampi na vattabbaṃ dutiyapucchāya sammutisaccassa saccikaṭṭhoti adhippetattā.
若说“两者都承认”,若这是指第一个问题,那便不合理,因为第一个问题纯粹是依胜义谛而转起的。若是指第二个问题,那也不应说,因为已依世俗谛解释了第一层含义之后,又以混合的方式说“即使将世俗谛与胜义谛合在一起来说,也这样说”的缘故,所以那也不可说。所谓两种真理,即世俗谛与胜义谛。其中,唯有胜义谛才是以真实义为究竟的真正实有,另一种则是假立施设。正如所说:“幻,阳焰……乃至……最上义”。因此,即使想依世俗谛获得认知,由于不依胜义谛认可,所以用“人是否以真实义为究竟的胜义可得”等问题来追问是合理的。通过“在主要与次要之中,主要者成就事功”这句话,便已排除了“并非以真实义的一部分来追问”等说法,因为真实义的一部分本身即不成立。所谓他的胜义谛性不应被追问,意思是:他的真实义的胜义谛性,不应被对方论者追问“人是否以真实义为究竟的胜义不可得”,因为自宗论者也应以真实义的胜义来认可它,这是意旨所在。对于被言说的真实义,他自己所认可的真实义性也是合理的,因为那是他所认可的。此义前面已经显示过了。所说的过显示巴利原文
Yadi ubhayaṃ adhippetanti idaṃ yadi paṭhamapucchaṃ sandhāya, tadayuttaṃ tassā paramatthasaccasseva vasena pavattattā. Atha dutiyapucchaṃ sandhāya, tassā sammutisaccavasena paṭhamatthaṃ vatvā puna missakavasena vattuṃ ‘‘sammutisaccaparamatthasaccāni vā ekato katvāpi evamāhā’’ti vuttattā tampi na vattabbameva. Dvepi saccānīti sammutiparamatthasaccāni. Tesu paramatthasaccasseva nippariyāyena saccikaṭṭhaparamatthabhāvo, itarassa upacārena. Tathā ca vuttaṃ ‘‘māyā marīci…pe… uttamaṭṭho’’ti. Tasmā sammutisaccavasena upaladdhiṃ icchantenapi paramatthasaccavasena anicchanato ‘‘puggalo upalabbhati saccikaṭṭhaparamatthenā’’tiādinā anuyogo yutto. ‘‘Padhānappadhānesu padhāne kiccasiddhī’’ti eteneva ‘‘na ca saccikaṭṭhekadesena anuyogo’’tiādi nivattitañca hoti saccikaṭṭhekadesabhāvasseva asiddhattā. Nāssa paramatthasaccatā anuyuñjitabbāti assa saccikaṭṭhassa paramatthasaccatā paravādinā na anuyuñjitabbā ‘‘puggalo nupalabbhati saccikaṭṭhaparamatthenā’’ti sakavādinopi saccikaṭṭhaparamatthato tassa icchitabbattāti adhippāyo. Voharitasaccikaṭṭhassa attanā adhippetasaccikaṭṭhatāpi yuttā tassa tena adhippetattā. Svāyamattho heṭṭhā dassitoyeva. Vuttanayova dosoti ‘‘dvepi saccānī’’tiādinā anantarameva vuttaṃ sandhāyāha. Tassa pana adosabhāvo dassitoyeva. Atha na iti atha na bhūtasabhāvatthena upalabbheyyāti yojanā. Vattabboti yadettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ‘‘yo lokavohārasiddho’’tiādinā vuttameva, tasmā ettha ‘‘paramatthato puggalaṃ nānujānātī’’tiādinā adhippāyamagganaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
“此或许应被认可”意思是:这种不可得,如同在第一个问题中一样,在第二个问题中也或许应被认可。“或者什么都不应说”意思是:或者什么都不应说,因为该问题应被搁置。的确,为了显示其应被搁置的情形,而说“正如”等。在此,虽然依二谛的方式,人不可得,但依世俗的方式不可得,这是依可得与不可得的状态而作否定,应知此处的意旨就在于此。“已认可与已否定”指在第一个问题中已认可,在第二个问题中已否定。“依此六种论式”意思是:针对这同一个主题,依认可与否定的方式,依靠六种言辞。“你应被折伏”应如此连接。“以共相而可能成立者”意思是:以折伏处的方式可能成立者,即依随顺的方法,认可与否定的共性。“对不可能成立者的安立”意思是:依相反的方法,以折伏处的方式不可能成立者,如此安立、安排,便成为六种论式。此义即如所说:“因义理分别而成立,言辞的破坏即是六种论式”。“由此”意思是:因为如上所述的安立被称为六种论式。仅仅言辞的共性被安立,由此而说六种论式,故称“六论者”。因此说:“因为是六种论式的原因,所以是六种论式”。仅仅言辞显示巴利原文
Anuññeyyametaṃ siyāti etaṃ anupalabbhanaṃ paṭhamapucchāyaṃ viya dutiyapucchāyampi anujānitabbaṃ siyā. Na vā kiñci vattabbanti atha vā kiñci na vattabbaṃ ṭhapanīyattā pañhassa. Tathā hissa ṭhapanīyākāraṃ dassento ‘‘yathā hī’’tiādimāha. Ettha ca kāmaṃ saccadvayākārena puggalo nupalabbhati, sammutiyākārena pana nupalabbhatīti upalabbhanabhāvassa vasena paṭikkhepo katoti ayamettha adhippāyo daṭṭhabbo. Anuññātaṃ paṭikkhittañcāti paṭhamapucchāyaṃ anuññātaṃ, dutiyapucchāyaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ. Etaṃ chalavādaṃ nissāyāti etaṃ ekaṃyeva vatthuṃ uddissa anujānanapaṭikkhipanākāraṃ chalavacanaṃ nissāya. Tvaṃ niggahetabboti yojanā. Sambhavantassa sāmaññenāti niggahaṭṭhānabhāvena sambhavantassa anulomanayena anujānanapaṭikkhepassa samānabhāvena. Asambhavantassa kappananti paccanīkanayena tassa niggahaṭṭhānabhāvena asambhavantassa tathā kappanaṃ saṃvidhānaṃ chalavādo bhavituṃ arahati. ‘‘Atthavikappupapattiyā vacanavighāto chala’’nti vuttovāyamattho. Tenāti yathāvuttakappanaṃ chalavādoti vuttattā. Vacanasāmaññamattaṃ kappitaṃ chalaṃ vadati etenāti chalavādo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘chalavādassa kāraṇattā chalavādo’’ti. Vacanasāmaññamattaṃ atthabhūtaṃ tadatthaṃ chalavādaṃ nissāya. ‘‘Vicāretabba’’nti vuttaṃ, kimettha vicāretabbaṃ. Yadipi pakkhassa ṭhapanāmūlakaṃ anujānanāvajānanānaṃ micchābhāvadassanaṃ tabbisayattā, pāpanāropanāhi eva pana so vibhāvīyati, na ṭhapanāyāti pākaṭoyamattho.
4-5 “由此”指由自宗论者。“以此方式”意思是:自宗论者以四种加罪的方式对他作了折伏,即以此方式、以此理趣。为了显示“那个折伏是恶作,实非折伏”,而说“或者因为已令其成为非折伏”,意思是已令其归入非折伏。正如通过“你对我所作的折伏”等,显示了非折伏的引归,同样地,此处也是如此。“对此”指依“那么”等这段巴利文所说的内容。显示巴利原文
4-5.Tenāti sakavādinā. Tena niyāmenāti yena niyāmena sakavādinā catūhi pāpanāropanāhissa niggaho kato, tena niyāmena nayena. So niggaho dukkaṭo aniggahoyevāti dassento āha ‘‘aniggahabhāvassa vā upagamitattā’’ti, pāpitattāti attho. Evamevāti yathā ‘‘tayā mama kato niggaho’’tiādinā aniggahabhāvūpanayo vutto, evameva. Etassāti ‘‘tena hī’’tiādinā imāya pāḷiyā vuttassa.
二、相违与随顺之解释显示巴利原文
2. Paccanīkānulomavaṇṇanā
7-10 “以其他”指依世俗谛而说。“对方的”指自宗论者,因相对于对方论者,他被称为“对方”。由于承认与否认的对象领域各不相同,故说“因不相违”。其意趣是:如同不同所依,唯有不同对象领域方可名为相违,否则不然。为阐明此义,故说“因为……不会犯……”等。若如此,为何此处成为折伏处?于是说“由自己归入……”等。由此显示,所谓“承认之异”,实为另一种折伏处。显示巴利原文
7-10.Aññenāti sammutisaccabhūtena. Parassāti sakavādino. So hi paravādinā paro nāma hoti. Paṭiññāpaṭikkhepānaṃ bhinnavisayattā ‘‘avirodhitattā’’ti vuttaṃ. Abhinnādhikaraṇaṃ viya hi abhinnavisayameva viruddhaṃ nāma siyā, na itaranti adhippāyo. Tamevatthaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘na hi…pe… āpajjatī’’ti āha. Yadi evaṃ kathamidaṃ niggahaṭṭhānaṃ jātanti āha ‘‘attanopanā’’tiādi. Tena paṭiññāntaraṃ nāma aññamevetaṃ niggahaṭṭhānanti dasseti.
二、处所真实义显示巴利原文
2. Okāsasaccikaṭṭho
1. 随顺与相违之解释显示巴利原文
1. Anulomapaccanīkavaṇṇanā
11 “以总说而安立于差别中”,故说:“‘一切处’意为‘在一切身体中’,这便是此处之义。”因为总说的阐明是安住于差别中的,所以借由差别义,差别不应被不当应用。“以此”指依处所而作的一切处否定语。显示巴利原文
11. Sāmaññena vuttaṃ visesaniviṭṭhaṃ hotīti āha ‘‘sabbatthāti sabbasmiṃ sarīreti ayamattho’’ti. Sāmaññajotanā hi visese avatiṭṭhatīti visesatthinā viseso anupayujjitabboti. Etenāti desavasena sabbattha paṭikkhepavacanena.
3. 时间真实义显示巴利原文
3. Kālasaccikaṭṭho
1. 随顺与相违之解释显示巴利原文
1. Anulomapaccanīkavaṇṇanā
12 第十二条。“所谓中间生”:指现生阶段。因为此处“生”意指“有身”。由此,已过去的是前生阶段,未来未至的是后生阶段。“于此三者中”:即于一切处、一切时、一切中——也就是在三种理则中。经文简略易解,为阐明除去简略后的义理一致性,故说“于此亦……乃至……当可配合”。此处亦说明了“无任何人以任何自性可得”之义,因为并无任何以自性可得而脱离整体与部分流转的时间。显示巴利原文
12.Majjhimajātikāleti paccuppannattabhāvakāle. Attabhāvo hi idha ‘‘jātī’’ti adhippeto. Tato atīto purimajātikālo, anāgato pacchimajātikālo. Imesu tīsūti sabbattha, sabbadā, sabbesūti imesu tīsu nayesu. Pāṭhassa saṃkhittatā suviññeyyāti taṃ ṭhapetvā atthassa sadisataṃ vibhāvento ‘‘idhāpi hi…pe… yojetabba’’nti āha. Etthāpi ‘‘na kenaci sabhāvena puggalo upalabbhatī’’ti ayamattho vutto hoti. Na hi kenaci sabhāvena upalabbhamānassa sakalekadesavinimutto pavattikālo nāma atthīti.
4. 真实义门显示巴利原文
4. Avayavasaccikaṭṭho
1. 随顺与逆之解释显示巴利原文
1. Anulomapaccanīkavaṇṇanā
13 第十三条。应当这样配合着理解:在第三理则中,并没有一个脱离一切法而名为流转依处的东西。显示巴利原文
13. Tatiyanaye na sabbekadhammavinimuttaṃ pavattiṭṭhānaṃ nāma atthīti yojetabbaṃ.
处所等真实义门显示巴利原文
Okāsādisaccikaṭṭho
2. 逆与随顺之解释显示巴利原文
2. Paccanīkānulomavaṇṇanā
14 第十四条。“顺五法等”的开端,是注释书中的话。“复于彼处”,指的是前面所说的注释书用语,或者是指那些顺五法与逆法。“于一切处无补特伽罗可得”等经文片段的意义,应当依照注释书中“指身体”等所说的方法来理解。所谓“顺逆等之经文”,就是顺、遮遣、引摄、决了的经文。“于三门中”,就是在以“于一切处”等所说的三门当中。这是关联语:宣说了逆法的经文。“彼”就是指经文。由于是简略地引述,所以义理虽然相同,文字却没有明确显示出来。在纯门等之中……乃至……那里所说的“于一切处”等,是对色身等无所执取,而这里却有执取,这就是差别所在,其余的都相同。显示巴利原文
14.Anulomapañcakassātiādimhi aṭṭhakathāvacane. Puna tatthāti yathāvutte aṭṭhakathāvacane, tesu vā anulomapañcakapaccanīkesu. Sabbattha puggalo nupalabbhatītiādikassa pāṭhappadesassa attho ‘‘sarīraṃ sandhāyā’’tiādinā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayena veditabbo attho. Paṭikammādipāḷinti paṭikammaniggahaupanayananigamanapāḷiṃ. Tīsu mukhesūti ‘‘sabbatthā’’tiādinā vuttesu tīsu vādamukhesu. Paccanīkassa pāḷi vuttāti sambandho. Tanti pāḷiṃ. Saṅkhipitvā āgatattā sarūpena avutte. Suddhika…pe… vuttaṃ hoti tattha ‘‘sabbatthā’’tiādinā sarīrādino parāmasanaṃ natthi, idha atthīti ayameva viseso, aññaṃ samānanti.
5. 纯门连结之解释显示巴利原文
5. Suddhikasaṃsandanavaṇṇanā
17-27 17-27. 为了说明“真实义连结”就是“真实义之连结”或“于真实义之连结”这样两种复合词,所以说了“真实义之”等。其中,“真实义补特伽罗之”,是指具有真实义自性、在胜义上存在的补特伽罗。“与色等连结”,就是以真实义的共通性,和色等和合。“真实义”,是以真实义为因,或者以它为所依。“于同等因缘有集合”:因为有集合的含义,所以ca(与)字借由真实义所得的共通性,在这里引入色,这种引入是合理的,因此以“如色”为例来说明它的意思,否则在这里引入色有什么作用呢?其余的诸法也是这样。这里如果有关於相异的问难,也是为了显明它的意思,因为这是依於相异的缘故。然而在譬喻连结当中,是取例示的意义;在此纯门连结当中,意思则是唯有以集合的意义来显示道理才是合理的。色等只是施设的概念,补特伽罗与它们是异、是不异,都不可说,这是教法的次第,所以才说“与色等……乃至……时”。所谓“随许”,就是在那个时候、在经典中不被遮止。而且应当知道,这个意思是依据教内其他宗派的说法而说的。显示巴利原文
17-27. Saccikaṭṭhassa, saccikaṭṭhe vā saṃsandanaṃ saccikaṭṭhasaṃsandananti samāsadvayaṃ bhavatīti dassento ‘‘saccikaṭṭhassā’’tiādimāha. Tattha saccikaṭṭhassa puggalassāti saccikaṭṭhasabhāvassa paramatthato vijjamānasabhāvassa puggalassa. Rūpādīhi saddhiṃ saṃsandananti saccikaṭṭhatāsāmaññena rūpādīhi samīkaraṇaṃ. Saccikaṭṭheti saccikaṭṭhahetu, tattha vā taṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ katvā. ‘‘Tulyayoge samuccayo’’ti samuccayatthattā eva ca-kārassa saccikaṭṭhena upaladdhisāmaññena idha rūpamāhaṭanti tassa udāhaṭabhāvo yuttoti ‘‘yathārūpa’’nti nidassanavasena attho vutto, aññathā idha rūpassa āharaṇameva kimatthiyaṃ. Evaṃ sesadhammesupi. Yā panettha aññattapucchā, sāpi nidassanatthaṃ upabrūheti aññattanibandhanattā tassa. Opammasaṃsandane pana nidassanattho gāhīyatīti imasmiṃ suddhikasaṃsandane kevalaṃ samuccayavaseneva atthadassanaṃ yuttanti adhippāyo. Rūpādīni upādāpaññattimattattā puggalassa so tehi añño, anañño cāti na vattabboti ayaṃ sāsanakkamoti āha ‘‘rūpādīhi…pe… samayo’’ti. Anuññāyamāneti tasmiṃ samaye sutte ca appaṭikkhipiyamāne. Ayañca attho sāsanikassa paravādino vasena vuttoti veditabbaṃ.
“应知而遮止”这一读法应当可见;否则,便不能说“逆五法已示,顺四法等已略述”,这正是其意趣所在。若无难诘,便不能令对方论者承认,故说“为令承认故……乃至……为难诘故”。因为必先有难诘,而后方有令其承认之举。以此作用为因,故说其因。所谓“未记别”,即不可记别,或指世尊未曾记别。若属于应置答问,则应予以遮止;在此逆理则中,若所问为应置答问,自宗便应遮止。“他宗亦然”,即他宗亦仅依其所持的应置答,于顺理则中作遮止,这便是此中纯粹门类连结的合理意趣;在顺理则中,亦是因他宗以色等相异为由而作难诘,方才予以遮止,这就是它的含义。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ājānāhiniggaha’’nti pāṭho diṭṭho bhavissati, aññathā ‘‘paṭilomapañcakāni dassitāni, paṭikammacatukkādīni saṃkhittānī’’ti na sakkā vattunti adhippāyo. Codanāya vinā paravādino paṭijānāpanaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ ‘‘paṭijānāpanatthanti…pe… codanattha’’nti. Codanāpubbakañhi tassa paṭijānāpanaṃ. Tena phalavohārena kāraṇaṃ vuttanti dasseti. Abyākatattāti abyākaraṇīyattā, bhagavatā vā na byākatattā. Yadi ṭhapanīyattā paṭikkhipitabbanti imasmiṃ paccanīkanaye ṭhapanīyattā pañhassa sakavādinā paṭikkhipitabbaṃ. Parenapīti paravādināpi ṭhapanīyattā laddhimeva nissāya anulomanaye paṭikkhepo katoti ayamettha suddhikasaṃsandanāya adhippāyo yutto anulomepi rūpādīhi aññattacodanāyameva paravādinā paṭikkhepassa katattāti adhippāyo.
6. 譬喻连结之解释显示巴利原文
6. Opammasaṃsandanavaṇṇanā
28-36 28-36.“以所得共通性问相异”及“以所得共通性问”,以此语句总括两种发问:以所得共通性问相异,以及以所得共通性问。其中,基于后者而说“二者之同等性”等语。其含义为:如色与受二者,色法与补特伽罗若以真实义而有同等性,则以此为因,成立它们之间的相异性便不合理。然……乃至……其可得性,此段连结应当善加观察。此中的意趣为:若有人欲以真实义上的共通性,来成立色法与补特伽罗的所得共通性,那么他便也应欲求承认它们之间的相异性。然而,依于究竟言说的差别,它们之间的相异性并不被欲求,因此,所谓的所得共通性也不应被欲求。显示巴利原文
28-36.Upaladdhisāmaññena aññattapucchā cāti iminā dvayampi uddharati upaladdhisāmaññena aññattapucchā, upaladdhisāmaññena pucchā cāti. Tattha pacchimaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘dvinnaṃ samānatā’’tiādi. Tassattho – dvinnaṃ rūpavedanānaṃ viya rūpapuggalānaṃ saccikaṭṭhena samānatā tesaṃ aññattassa kāraṇaṃ yuttaṃ na hoti. Atha kho…pe… upalabbhanīyatāti idañca saṃsandanaṃ vicāretabbaṃ. Ayaṃ hettha adhippāyo – yadi saccikaṭṭhasāmaññena rūpapuggalānaṃ upaladdhisāmaññaṃ icchitaṃ, teneva nesaṃ aññattampi icchitabbaṃ. Atha paramatthavohārabhedato tesaṃ aññattaṃ na icchitaṃ, tato eva upaladdhisāmaññampi na icchitabbanti.
37-45 37-45.“所得”,即指补特伽罗的所得、其存在性。(此句应)配合“顺五法”来理解。显示巴利原文
37-45.Upaladdhīti puggalassa upaladdhi vijjamānatā. ‘‘Paṭikammapañcaka’’nti viññāyatīti yojanā.
7. 四法理则连结之解释显示巴利原文
7. Catukkanayasaṃsandanavaṇṇanā
46-52 “单一法属性”者,指在七十五种实性中,从单一法属性的角度而言。由此显示,相较于他们一切法,允许补特伽罗的差异性。因此,注释书中说:“指整个胜义谛”。不应依色等每一单一法来追问,因为若除去部分,整体便不存在。然而,由于整体与部分体性各异,故说“从整体……应受难诘”,这是预想到对方论师的质疑而作的回答。此语用意在于:虽然不承认补特伽罗与七十五法之集合有差异,因为离开彼集合的实性并不存在;但也不承认补特伽罗与彼集合之部分无异,因为集合并非部分。因此,为了表明“驳斥彼者时,不应说有何难诘之处”,而说了“而此……”等语。第一种观点是依色等诸法之分类差别,以无余的方式,显示补特伽罗之执取相而展开的;第二种观点则是从不加区分、依胜义谛体性之共相而展开的。这是此两种观点的差别。“如此”者,指称前述方式,故说“如是”。显示巴利原文
46-52.Ekadhammatopīti sattapaññāsāya saccikaṭṭhesu ekadhammatopi. Etena tato sabbatopi puggalassa aññattānanujānanaṃ dasseti. Tenāha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sakalaṃ paramatthasaccaṃ sandhāyā’’ti. Rūpādiekekadhammavasena nānuyuñjitabbo avayavabyatirekena samudāyassa abhāvato. Yasmā pana samudāyāvayavā bhinnasabhāvā, tasmā ‘‘samudāyato…pe… niggahāraho siyā’’ti paravādino āsaṅkamāha. Etaṃ vacanokāsanti yadipi sattapaññāsadhammasamudāyato puggalassa aññattaṃ na icchati tabbinimuttassa saccikaṭṭhassa abhāvato, tadekadesato panassa anaññattampi na icchateva. Na hi samudāyo avayavo hotīti. Tasmā ‘‘taṃ paṭikkhipato kiṃ niggahaṭṭhānanti vattuṃ mā labbhethā’’ti dassetuṃ ‘‘ayañcā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Rūpādidhammappabhedavibhāgamukheneva anavasesato puggaloti gahaṇākāradassanavasena pavatto paṭhamavikappo, dutiyo pana avibhāgato paramatthasaccabhāvasāmaññenāti ayaṃ imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vikappānaṃ viseso. Itīti vuttappakāraparāmasananti āha ‘‘eva’’nti.
“依自性可分离”者,谓依自性而可被区分开来。因为自性有别之法,可从其他法中得以分离。故说“因与色不同类故”。“除色之外”,指除去色法。“于三种追问中”,指在“色中有补特伽罗”、“色之外有补特伽罗”、“补特伽罗中有色”这三种进行方式下的追问中。由于视此位补特伽罗论者为佛教内部人士,故说“因为他并不认可有身见”。“有色者”,以此显示与色的关联性,而非指依色而存续,故说“在‘色之外’此处,包含了‘有色之补特伽罗’这一含义”。显示巴利原文
Sabhāvavinibbhogatoti sabhāvena vinibbhujjitabbato. Sabhāvabhinno hi dhammo tadaññadhammato vinibbhogaṃ labhati. Tenāha ‘‘rūpato aññasabhāgattā’’ti. Rūpavajjeti rūpadhammavajje . Tīsupīti ‘‘rūpasmiṃ puggalo, aññatra rūpā, puggalasmiṃ rūpa’’nti imesu evaṃ pavattesu tīsupi anuyogesu. Sāsaniko evāyaṃ puggalavādīti katvā āha ‘‘na hi so sakkāyadiṭṭhiṃ icchatī’’ti. ‘‘Rūpavā’’ti iminā rūpena sakiñcanatāva ñāpīyati, na rūpāyattavuttitāti āha ‘‘aññatra rūpāti ettha ca rūpavā puggaloti ayamattho saṅgahito’’ti.
八、特相合理性的解释显示巴利原文
8. Lakkhaṇayuttivaṇṇanā
54 54. 在特相合理性的讨论中,应取“然依六种方式,应知难诘之语”这一句。显示巴利原文
54. Lakkhaṇayuttikathāyaṃ ‘‘chalavasena pana vattabbaṃ ājānāhi niggaha’’nti pāṭho gahetabbo.
九、语句净化论释显示巴利原文
9. Vacanasodhanavaṇṇanā
55-59 「两句义理同一」,是说当两句在意义上同一时。这是假设性的表述,为显明过失而说:「若如此,便有如此过失。」应知此同一性是确实可得的,而这正是对后句的限定。由于「某些情形下补特伽罗有,某些情形下补特伽罗无」显示了不定性,对方不予接受,因此为说明其不接受而说了「因为补特伽罗……」等语。其中,「不应区分」指如「且可得」这样不应作区分的情形;「应区分」指如「补特伽罗及其他皆可得」这样应当区分的情形。由此应知,这是对后句「补特伽罗确实可得」的限定,并非显示「唯有补特伽罗可得」这一含义。「彼区分」指阐述上述应区分与不应区分之区分的己方论师,或任何其他人。「对此」指对方论师。「如所述之区分」指圣典中如「补特伽罗可得……某些情形下无补特伽罗」所说的那种区分。「如所导出者」指以「两句义理同一」等所导出的方式。「不应有」是说,虽然彼宣称补特伽罗确实可得,但「可得」并非唯独指向补特伽罗,亦指向其他,因此不应有如上所述的连带过失。故说「此处应探究其意趣」。显示巴利原文
55-59.Padadvayassa atthato ekatteti padadvayassa ekattatthe satīti attho. Parikappavacanañhetaṃ dosadassanatthaṃ ‘‘evaṃ sante ayaṃ doso’’ti. Tayidaṃ ekattaṃ upalabbhati evāti pacchimapadāvadhāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Kehici puggalo kehici na puggalo’’ti byabhicāradassanato parena na sampaṭicchitanti katvā tameva asampaṭicchitattaṃ vibhāvento ‘‘puggalassa hī’’tiādimāha. Tattha avibhajitabbatanti ‘‘upalabbhati cā’’ti evaṃ avibhajitabbataṃ. Vibhajitabbatanti ‘‘puggalo ca tadaññañca upalabbhatī’’ti evaṃ vibhajitabbataṃ. Etena ‘‘puggalo upalabbhati evā’’ti pacchimapadāvadhāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ, na ‘‘puggalo eva upalabbhatī’’ti imamatthaṃ dasseti. Taṃ vibhāganti yathāvuttaṃ vibhajitabbāvibhajitabbaṃ vibhāgaṃ vadato sakavādino, aññassa vā kassaci. Etassāti paravādino . Yathāvuttavibhāganti ‘‘puggalo upalabbhati…pe… kehici na puggalo’’ti evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ vuttappakāraṃ vibhāgaṃ. Yathāāpāditenāti ‘‘puggalo upalabbhatīti padadvayassa atthato ekatte’’tiādinā āpāditappakārena. Na bhavitabbanti yadipi tena puggalo upalabbhati eva vuccati, upalabbhatīti pana puggalo eva na vuccati, atha kho aññopi, tasmā yathāvuttena pasaṅgena na bhavitabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘maggitabbo ettha adhippāyo’’ti.
60 这是说,从义理上补特伽罗并不存在。此说通过显示无我性而成立,因为无我相已得确立。显示巴利原文
60.Atthato puggalo natthīti vuttaṃ hoti attasuññatādassanena anattalakkhaṇassa vihitattā.
十、施设随问论释显示巴利原文
10. Paññattānuyogavaṇṇanā
61-66 这是就与色身不相离而言的,并非指对色的渴爱存在。若指后者,则因其不定性,便只会遭到驳斥,而不应被认可。「以存在」一词是连接。由于欲的状态具有不定性,且对于某一投生欲界者而言,有时并不存在对欲界的依属,故有时仅是一种状态而已——这是文句的连接。显示巴利原文
61-66.Rūpakāyāvirahaṃsandhāya āha, na rūpataṇhāsabbhāvaṃ. Tathā sati anekantikattā paṭikkhipitabbameva siyā, na anujānitabbanti. ‘‘Atthitāyā’’ti āhāti sambandho. Kāmībhāvassa anekantikattā kassaci kāmadhātūpapannassa kāmadhātuyā āyattattābhāvato ca kadāci bhāvassevāti yojanā.
67 “以身随观”,指以身随观的教说。此教说是身随观者获得分别执取的原因,或即身随观本身。“因有如此之见”,指持有“身是一者,补特伽罗是另一者”的见解。“亲口所说”,意为遍触诸处而说,即世尊亲自宣说之义。显示巴利原文
67.Kāyānupassanāyāti kāyānupassanādesanāya. Sā hi kāyakāyānupassīnaṃ vibhāgaggahaṇassa kāraṇabhūtā, kāyānupassanā eva vā. Evaṃladdhikattāti añño kāyo añño puggaloti evaṃladdhikattā. Āhacca bhāsitanti ṭhānakaraṇāni āhantvā kathitaṃ, bhagavatā sāmaṃ desitanti attho.
十一、趣随问论释显示巴利原文
11. Gatianuyogavaṇṇanā
69-72 因为他据以生起见解的那些经典已被显示,之后便有“那么,补特伽罗流转”等圣典文句,而在此之前则有“不应说补特伽罗流转”等文句,所以说“显示……应有”。或者,应说“显示后”,即“显示那些……经典后,说了‘那么,补特伽罗流转’等”。或者,“显示”一词并非仅指正在进行的显示动作,而是表示其特性之义,或表其因性,故无任何过失。显示巴利原文
69-72. Yānissa suttāni nissāya laddhi uppannā, tesaṃ dassanato parato ‘‘tena hi puggalo sandhāvatī’’tiādinā pāḷi āgatā, purato pana ‘‘na vattabbaṃ puggalo sandhāvatī’’tiādinā, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘dassento…pe… bhavitabba’’nti. Dassetvāti vā vattabbanti ‘‘yānissa…pe… tāni dassetvā ‘tena hi puggalo sandhāvatī’tiādimāhā’’ti vattabbanti attho. Dassentoti vā idaṃ dassanakiriyāya na vattamānatāmattavacanaṃ, atha kho tassā lakkhaṇatthavacanaṃ, hetubhāvavacanaṃ vāti na koci doso.
91 “应被说”是指:应被说为生命与身体无差别之状态,意为不存在这样的补特伽罗。若依“有色我”的执见,将义解为“与以色为自性的身体一同去”,则那种状态即已被说;若如此,则不能因不被允许而说“色是补特伽罗”。然而,因为紧接着将说“此处舍身”,故说“应被说”。不承认地狱生补特伽罗有中有,这是依古代中有论者而说。但现代中有论者说“脚向上者即是地狱者”,他们也承认地狱生者有中有;然而有些人则不承认无想生者有中有。至于无色生者,则所有人都不承认有中有。其中,有某些人错误地执取“那些天人生起想后便从该身死去”这经文的意义,认为在死时与生时,无想者仍有想,从而依中有而承认无想生;为显示这部分人依他说而有“有受……遮止”之说,故说“然而有些人”等。是谁承认呢?说一切有部中的一部分人。显示巴利原文
91.So vattabboti so jīvasarīrānaṃ anaññatāpajjanākāro vattabbo, natthīti adhippāyo. ‘‘Rūpī attā’’ti imissā laddhiyā vasena ‘‘yena rūpasaṅkhātena attano sabhāvabhūtena sarīrena saddhiṃ gacchatī’’ti evaṃ pana atthe sati so ākāro vutto eva hoti, tathā ca sati ‘‘rūpaṃ puggaloti ananuññātattā’’ti evampi vattuṃ na sakkā. Yasmā pana ‘‘idha sarīranikkhepā’’ti anantaraṃ vakkhati, tasmā ‘‘so vattabbo’’ti vuttaṃ. Nirayūpagassa puggalassa antarābhavaṃ na icchatīti idaṃ purātanānaṃ antarābhavavādīnaṃ vasena vuttaṃ. Adhunātanā pana ‘‘uddhaṃpādo tu nārako’’ti vadantā tassapi antarābhavaṃ icchanteva, keci pana asaññūpagānaṃ. Arūpūpagānaṃ pana sabbepi na icchanti. Tattha ye ‘‘saññuppādā ca pana te devā tamhā kāyā cavantī’’ti suttassa atthaṃ micchā gahetvā cutūpapātakālesu asaññīnaṃ saññā atthīti antarābhavatova asaññūpapattiṃ icchanti, tadaññesaṃ vasena ‘‘savedano…pe… paṭikkhipatī’’ti dassento ‘‘ye panā’’tiādimāha. Ke panevaṃ icchanti? Sabbatthivādīsu ekacce.
92 第九十二条。“非想非非想处”的语义关联为:在非想非非想处的存在中,或在无心生起时,主张“有想”——这是不应说的。因为那一状态不以“想有”来涵盖,而是以“他种有”来涵盖。显示巴利原文
92.Nevasaññānāsaññāyataneti nevasaññānāsaññāyatane bhave, acittuppāde vā saññā atthīti icchantīti na vattabbanti sambandho. Yato so saññābhavena asaṅgahito, bhavantarabhāvena ca saṅgahito.
93 第九十三条。如同执取薪的火,执取色等的补特伽罗若离开色等便不存在——此处阐明其意趣:正如无薪则火不被施设,且不能承认火与薪为异,亦不能承认其为不异。若为异,薪就不应是热的;若为不异,能烧者本身应成为所烧。同样,无色等则补特伽罗不被施设,且补特伽罗与他们非异、非不异,否则便陷入常见与断见的过失——这是论敌的意趣。其中,如果火与薪的譬喻是依世俗言说而施设,那么未燃烧的木等为薪,是所烧;已燃烧、有光有热的为火,是能烧。而那火是依食所生色、依相续而转起,无常、有为、缘起。如此,补特伽罗与色等为异且为无常便得以成立。再者,若就胜义而言,在被称为木等的、名为色的已燃烧物中,那热性即是火,与之俱生的三界(地、水、风)即是薪。如是,由特相差别而成立火与薪为异,因此,正如火与薪为异,补特伽罗与色等为异、为无常也得以成立。显示巴利原文
93.Indhanupādāno aggi viya indhanena rūpādiupādāno puggalo rūpādinā vinā natthīti ettha ayamadhippāyavibhāvanā – yathā na vinā indhanena aggi paññāpīyati, na ca taṃ aññaṃ indhanato sakkā paṭijānituṃ, nāpi anaññaṃ. Yadi hi aññaṃ siyā, na uṇhaṃ indhanaṃ siyā, atha anaññaṃ, nidahitabbaṃyeva dāhakaṃ siyā, evaṃ na vinā rūpādīhi puggalo paññāpīyati, na ca tehi añño, nāpi anañño sassatucchedabhāvappasaṅgatoti paravādino adhippāyo. Tattha yadi aggindhanopamā lokavohārena vuttā, apaḷittaṃ kaṭṭhādiindhanaṃ nidahitabbañca, paḷittaṃ bhāsuruṇhaṃ aggidāhakañca, tañca ojaṭṭhamakarūpaṃ pabandhavasena pavattaṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ. Yadi evaṃ puggalo rūpādīhi añño anicco ca āpanno, atha paramatthato ca, tasmiṃyeva kaṭṭhādisaññite rūpasaṅkhātapaḷitte yaṃ usumaṃ so aggi taṃsahajātāni tīṇibhūtāni indhanaṃ. Evampi siddhaṃ lakkhaṇabhedato aggindhanānaṃ aññattanti aggi viya indhanato rūpādīhi añño puggalo anicco ca āpajjatīti.
十二、取施设随问论释显示巴利原文
12. Upādāpaññattānuyogavaṇṇanā
97 第九十七条。因与蓝色属性相应而为蓝,蓝本身即蓝色者;此蓝色施设是依于蓝色色法而说的,故云“蓝……施设”。然而,在如此安立文句时,是如何从“依于蓝而有蓝”中提取词语的呢?于是说:“蓝色色法……在此,所问者即依于蓝而有蓝。”“在此”指在此语句中。“以他们为首”即“依于黄色色法”等,在注释书中以“为首”一词所摄,正是为了显示其义而摄取。显示巴利原文
97. Nīlaguṇayogato nīlo, nīlo eva nīlako, tassa, ayaṃ panassa nīlapaññatti nīlarūpupādānāti āha ‘‘nīlaṃ…pe… paññattī’’ti. Evaṃ pana pāṭhe ṭhite nīlaṃ upādāya nīloti kathamayaṃ paduddhāroti āha ‘‘nīlaṃ rūpaṃ…pe… ettha yo puṭṭho nīlaṃ upādāya nīlo’’ti. Etthāti etasmiṃ vacane. Tadādīsūti ‘‘pītaṃ rūpaṃ upādāyā’’tiādikaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ādi-saddena gahitameva tadatthadassanavasena gaṇhāti.
98 第九十八条。“已说”:于“善知路”等处,是依“善巧”之义而说。善施设,即是善的言说。显示巴利原文
98.Vuttanti ‘‘maggakusalo’’tiādīsu chekaṭṭhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kusalapaññattiṃ kusalavohāraṃ.
112 第一百一十二条。“示前分而后说后分”:指论敌展示前分后,对自论者说后分。显示巴利原文
112.Pubbapakkhaṃ dassetvā uttaramāhāti paravādī pubbapakkhaṃ dassetvā sakavādissa uttaramāha.
115 第一百一十五条。为破斥论敌依“色是色者”等而起的说法,自论者遂以“如非镣铐即非戴镣铐者”等发起自宗之说,故言:“提取后分中所说的‘凡有彼色,彼即色者’此句。”显示巴利原文
115. ‘‘Rūpaṃ rūpavā’’tiādinayappavattaṃ paravādivādaṃ bhindituṃ ‘‘yathā na nigaḷo negaḷiko’’tiādinā sakavādivādo āraddhoti āha ‘‘yassa rūpaṃ so rūpavāti uttarapakkhe vuttaṃ vacanaṃ uddharitvā’’ti.
118 第一百一十八条。“成为识所依的状态”:即成为眼识的所依状态。应知,此处的“眼”字作为定语,于此中自然成立,故未另作说明。显示巴利原文
118.Viññāṇanissayabhāvūpagamananti cakkhuviññāṇassa nissayabhāvūpagamanaṃ. Tayidaṃ visesanaṃ cakkhussāti imināva siddhanti na kataṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
十三、人作随问论释显示巴利原文
13. Purisakārānuyogavaṇṇanā
123 第一百二十三条。“诸业”:指善业与不善业。由于只提及了它们,应知各别应作之事中的唯作亦被包含。以能生及令生的方式,即作者与令作者的方式。显示巴利原文
123.Kammānanti kusalākusalakammānaṃ. Taggahaṇeneva hi taṃtaṃkiccakaraṇīye kiriyānampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Nipphādakappayojakabhāvenāti kārakakārāpakabhāvena.
125 第一百二十五条。对于造业的补特伽罗,另一补特伽罗为(令)作者。“由彼”:即由令作者(所为)。“彼的”:指令作者的。“其他”:指其他业。“如是”:指以上述所说的方式。这显示,如同由各各作者而有诸补特伽罗,其他诸业也同样被造作。因此他们说:“业轮无有断绝。”若如此,“补特伽罗的作者”与“业的作者”这一区分在此处便未被触及;倘若这样,便与作者相续之说相违,故说“补特伽罗……应被审察”。“彼的作者”:指补特伽罗的作者。“且此”:是说不仅补特伽罗的作者成为业作者这一过失,而且这由业作者性所导致的作者相续也应当被审察,意即不合理。因为诸补特伽罗依序而为作者的状态,即是作者相续。显示巴利原文
125.Kammakārakassa puggalassa yo añño puggalo kārako. Tenapīti kārakakārakenapi. Tassāti kārakakārakassa. Aññanti aññaṃ kammaṃ. Evanti iminā vuttappakārena. Tehi tehi kārakehi puggalā viya aññāni kammāni karīyantīti dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘kammavaṭṭassa anupacchedaṃ vadantī’’ti. Evaṃ sante puggalassa kārako, kammassa kārakoti ayaṃ vibhāgo idha anāmaṭṭho hoti, tathā ca sati kārakaparamparāya vacanaṃ virujjheyyāti āha ‘‘puggalassa…pe… vicāretabbameta’’nti. Tassa kārakanti puggalassa kārakaṃ. Idañcāti na kevalaṃ puggalakārakassa kammakārakatāpattiyeva doso, atha kho idaṃ kammakārakatāya kārakaparamparāpajjanampi vicāretabbaṃ, na yujjatīti attho. Puggalānañhi paṭipāṭiyā kārakabhāvo kārakaparamparā.
170 第一百七十条。“一极端”,即所谓“执取”,指常见执取这一极端的含义。显示巴利原文
170.Eko antoti ‘‘gāho’’ti sassatagāhasaṅkhāto antoti attho.
176 “可能是他,可能非他,或不应说‘是他或非他’”——如此运转,与尼乾子之论相似,因此同一者既不是那,也不是其他,仅是执见而已。因而说“然而此实无有”。随他人的欲求,即是随敌论者的执见。对于不认可“一”者,即由于畏惧常见而否定“他造作、他感受”这种执取,便陷入了另一断灭之执取。而否定他的人,又陷入了其他混杂的常与无常之执取,以及诡辩之执取。立于作者与受者之难,即是立于“作者即是受者”这一执取。由不认可种种,即由不接受种种论说。亦由陷入之执取,即此质难也是依陷入之执取而说,这是连结。因为一切皆已陷入,即依前文所说的道理,一切种类依次都已陷入,所以说此质难已经成立,这是连结。因为每一单独者,即于其中各别各别地陷入。然而依体系,则是将它们分别总合而显示,这是意趣。应当合为一,因为四问都被一并提出。显示巴利原文
176. Siyā añño, siyā anañño, siyā na vattabbo ‘‘aññoti vā anaññoti vā’’ti , evaṃ pavattanigaṇṭhavādasadisattā so eva eko neva so hoti, na aññoti laddhimattaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘idaṃ pana natthevā’’ti. Parassa icchāvasenevāti paravādino laddhivaseneva. Ekaṃ anicchantassāti ekaṃ ‘‘so karoti, so paṭisaṃvedetī’’ti gahaṇaṃ sassatadiṭṭhibhayena paṭikkhipantassa itaraṃ ucchedaggahaṇaṃ āpannaṃ. Tañca paṭikkhipantassa aññaṃ missakaṃ niccāniccaggahaṇaṃ, vikkhepaggahaṇañca āpannaṃ. Kārakavedakicchāya ṭhatvāti sveva kārako vedako cāti imasmiṃ ādāye ṭhatvā. Taṃtaṃanicchāyāti tassa tassa vādassa asampaṭicchanena. Āpannavasenapīti āpannagāhavasenapi ayaṃ anuyogo vuttoti yojanā. Sabbesaṃ āpannattāti heṭṭhā vuttanayena sabbesaṃ vikappānaṃ anukkamena āpannattā nāyamanuyogo katoti yojanā. Ekekassevāti tesu visuṃ visuṃ ekekasseva āpannattā. Tantivasena pana te vikappā ekajjhaṃ dassetvāti adhippāyo. Ekato yojetabbaṃ catunnampi pañhānaṃ ekato puṭṭhattā.
十四、神通随问论释显示巴利原文
14. Abhiññānuyogavaṇṇanā
193 “变化”一词,此处“iti”字表示开端或种类之义。由此摄括“以天耳界闻声”等。应知此为神通之质问,这是连结。那具神通者,即是具足漏尽通者。阿罗汉的成就,即依胜义谛,以无补特伽罗性而成立阿罗汉。那状态,即阿罗汉性。因为,被称为阿罗汉者,其蕴也称为补特伽罗性,而此阿罗汉性他亦具有。显示巴利原文
193.Vikubbatīti ettha iti-saddo ādiattho, pakārattho vā. Tena ‘‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā saddaṃ suṇātī’’tiādikaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Abhiññānuyogo daṭṭhabboti yojanā. Tadabhiññāvatoti āsavakkhayābhiññāvato. Arahato sādhananti arahato saccikaṭṭhaparamatthena puggalattābhāvasādhanaṃ. Tabbhāvassāti arahattassa. Arahattadhārānañhi khandhā nāma puggalattaṃ tassapi hotīti.
15-18. 亲族随问等的解释显示巴利原文
15-18. Ñātakānuyogādivaṇṇanā
209 第三极端的状态,即第三极端的自性,也就是脱离有为与无为之自性。而“自性”,是指自性法。隐藏执见,即不阐明“补特伽罗非有为、非无为”的执见。显示巴利原文
209.Tatiyakoṭibhūtassāti tatiyakoṭisabhāvassa saṅkhatāsaṅkhatavinimuttasabhāvassa. Sabhāvassāti ca sabhāvadhammassa. Laddhiṃ nigūhitvāti puggalo neva saṅkhato, nāsaṅkhatoti laddhiṃ avibhāvetvā.
19. 通达随问等的解释显示巴利原文
19. Paṭivedhānuyogādivaṇṇanā
218 所谓“了知”并不存在,因为厌离等没有生起的缘。同时显示其辨别抉择的能力,这就是关联。显示巴利原文
218.Pajānanaṃ nāma na hoti nibbidādīnaṃ appaccayattā. Paricchedanasamatthatañca dassetīti sambandho.
228 俱色状态是与色俱存,离色状态是脱离于色,因此这两者就是色的内入与外离。所以,这两者被称为俱色状态与离色状态的特相之表述。显示巴利原文
228.Saharūpabhāvo rūpena samaṅgitā, vinārūpabhāvo tato vinissaṭatāti tadubhayaṃ rūpassa abbhantaragamanaṃ bahinikkhamanañca hoti. Tasmā taṃ dvayaṃ saharūpabhāvavinārūpabhāvānaṃ lakkhaṇavacananti vuttaṃ.
237 “粗”即粗大。于此安立我慢,故称为“我”,即我所。它依各自之业而应得,故称“得”。这两个词亦指欲界之身。“意所成”的“我得”,指色界之身。因其由禅那之心所生,故称意所成。“无色”的“我得”,指无色界之身。因其不与色相混,故称无色。此处应如此了知义理。然而“我”一词,在世间常用来指命者,虽无究竟的命者,也如此惯用。为表明此世间惯用,正自觉者亦随顺而说,故言“这些是世间的共称,如来以此而说”。今为显明其说法方式,而说“不执取”等。显示巴利原文
237.Oḷārikoti thūlo. Āhito ahaṃ māno etthāti attā, attabhāvo. So eva yathāsakaṃ kammunā paṭilabhitabbato paṭilābho. Padadvayenapi kāmāvacarattabhāvo kathito. Manomayo attapaṭilābho rūpāvacarattabhāvo. So hi jhānamanena nibbattattā manomayo. Arūpo attapaṭilābhoti arūpāvacarattabhāvo. So hi rūpena amissitattā arūpoti evamettha attho veditabbo. ‘‘Attā’’ti pana jīve lokavohāro niruḷho, asatipi jīve tathāniruḷhaṃ lokavohāraṃ gahetvā sammāsambuddhāpi voharantīti dassento ‘‘iti imā lokassa samaññā, yāhi tathāgato voharatī’’ti vatvā idāni yathā voharanti, taṃ pakāraṃ vibhāvento ‘‘aparāmasa’’ntiādimāha.
依各自的别相与共相,即依坚硬、触等别相,及依无常等共相。以此,即依“依各自别相与共相”等所说,是从胜义谛说无补特伽罗之语。在此之前,指各处为阐明破斥自宗等而作义释之前的部分。或者以此,即依注释书中“如色等诸法”等所说之语。而“如”字,此处“而”是合集之义,以此涵盖不超越共称。这即是说:如“不执取”,因为不应执着于方言俗语;如“不超越共称”,如是也应当结合前面的义释。若超越共称,则会导致一切世间惯用语的断灭。显示巴利原文
Paccattasāmaññalakkhaṇavasenāti kakkhaḷaphusanādisalakkhaṇavasena aniccatādisāmaññalakkhaṇavasena ca. Imināti ‘‘paccattasāmaññalakkhaṇavasenā’’tiādinā vuttena paramatthato puggalābhāvavacanena . Ito purimāti tattha tattha sakavādipaṭikkhepādivibhāvanavasena pavattā ito atthasaṃvaṇṇanato purimā. Imināti vā ‘‘yathā rūpādayo dhammā’’tiādinā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttavacanena. Yathā cāti ettha ca-saddo samuccayattho. Tena samaññānatidhāvanaṃ sampiṇḍeti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā parāmāso ca na hoti janapadaniruttiyā abhinivisitabbato, yathā ca samaññātidhāvanaṃ na hoti, evaṃ ito purimā ca atthavaṇṇanā yojetabbā. Samaññātidhāvane hi sati sabbalokavohārūpacchedo siyāti.
因此是真实,因为于彼处不施加胜义之相,不超越共称,唯依世间共许而说,所以真实而不欺诳他人。所谓“如是因”,即以如实、不虚妄的法自性为因,有此生起之因,故称如是因,即胜义语,以不颠倒的法自性为所缘,这是它的含义。因此说“依诸法之如是性而转”。显示巴利原文
Tasmā saccanti yasmā tattha paramatthākāraṃ anāropetvā samaññaṃ nātidhāvanto kevalaṃ lokasammutiyāva voharati, tasmā saccaṃ paresaṃ avisaṃvādanato. Tathakāraṇanti tatho avitatho dhammasabhāvo kāraṇaṃ pavattihetu etassāti tathakāraṇaṃ, paramatthavacanaṃ, aviparītadhammasabhāvavisayanti attho. Tenāha ‘‘dhammānaṃ tathatāya pavatta’’nti.
2. 退失论显示巴利原文
2. Parihānikathā
一、论辩理趣退失论的解释显示巴利原文
1. Vādayuttiparihānikathāvaṇṇanā
239 此经,应知仅为一种相状。因“诸比丘,此五法能导致时解脱比丘退失”(《增支部》5.149-150),此经实则亦为不还果等退失之所依,而非阿拉汉。所谓“时解脱者”,乃证得八等至的有学之名。如云:显示巴利原文
239.Idaṃsuttanti idaṃ lakkhaṇamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Pañcime, bhikkhave, dhammā samayavimuttassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattantī’’ti (a. ni. 5.149-150) idampi hi suttaṃ anāgāmiādīnaṃyeva parihāninissayo, na arahato. Samayavimuttoti aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino sekkhassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Yathāha –
何等为时解脱者?此处有一类人,于时时、适时以身触证八解脱而安住,且以其智慧观见后,部分诸漏已尽。此人即名为时解脱者。(《人施设》1)显示巴利原文
‘‘Katamo ca puggalo samayavimutto? Idhekacco puggalo kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya cassa disvā ekacce āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo samayavimutto’’ti (pu. pa. 1).
所谓“有退失法”,意指凡夫及某些有学,而非阿拉汉。因此,由于如上所示诸经是不还果等退失之见的依据,而非阿拉汉的依据,所以,依此、缘此,在“即使是阿拉汉”这一句中,便可得出“阿拉汉亦有退失,更何况不还果等”这一含义。因此,为显示由“pi”字所摄的含义,才说“即使是阿拉汉……也应结合”。或者,虽然此处第二部经是就有学而说,但第一、第三部经也是就无学而说,因此这正是他们的见解,故注释书中说“即使是阿拉汉”。由此而说“此经是阿拉汉的”等等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Parihānidhammo’’ti ca puthujjano ca ekacco ca sekkho adhippeto, na arahāti. Tasmāti yasmā yathādassitāni suttāni anāgāmiādīnaṃ parihāniladdhiyā nissayo, na arahato, tasmā. Taṃ nissāya taṃ apekkhitvā yasmā ‘‘arahatopī’’ti ettha arahatopi parihāni, ko pana vādo anāgāmiādīnanti ayamattho labbhati, tasmā pi-saddasampiṇḍitamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘arahatopi…pe… yojetabba’’nti āha. Yasmā vā kāmañcettha dutiyasuttaṃ sekkhavasena āgataṃ, paṭhamatatiyasuttāni pana asekkhavasenapi āgatānīti tesaṃ laddhi, tasmā ‘‘arahatopī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘idaṃ suttaṃ arahato’’tiādi.
“第三问”指“一切阿罗汉都有退失”这一问题。因为这是在“一切阿罗汉”等所提问题中的第三个。“他们”是指钝根者。“在第三问中”的“pi”字是对前述含义的统括。由此,它统合了第一问,即“其中意指利根者”。显示巴利原文
Tatiyasminti ‘‘sabbesaññeva arahantānaṃ parihānī’’ti etasmiṃ pañhe. So hi ‘‘sabbeva arahanto’’tiādinā āgatesu tatiyo pañho. Tesanti mudindriyānaṃ. Tatiyasmimpīti pi-saddo vuttatthasamuccayo. Tena paṭhamapañhaṃ samuccinoti ‘‘tatthapi tikkhindriyā adhippetā’’ti.
“他本身不退失”的意思是:须陀洹自身从须陀洹性不退失。在此,并非因为获得斯陀含性而导致须陀洹性的消失就是退失,因为那是殊胜的证得。唯有从已得的殊胜退失,才称为退失。“其他”指斯陀含等。“为上道”意为为了获得上三道,却未把握“决定者”所说的含义。显示巴利原文
Soyeva na parihāyatīti sotāpannoyeva sotāpannabhāvato na parihāyatīti attho. Na cettha sakadāgāmibhāvāpattiyā sotāpannabhāvāpagamo parihāni hoti visesādhigamabhāvato. Pattavisesato hi parihānīti. Itareti sakadāgāmiādikā. Uparimaggatthāyāti uparimaggattayapaṭilābhatthāya ‘‘niyato’’ti vuttamatthaṃ aggahetvā.
二、圣者相互比对退失论的解释显示巴利原文
2. Ariyapuggalasaṃsandanaparihānikathāvaṇṇanā
241 “从彼”:从阿罗汉果。“在那里”:在见道果中。“以精进”:以观的策励。“其之后”:指须陀洹果之后。意思是:最初,于见道果之后证得阿罗汉果,从此退失后再行精进,却不能于其之后证得阿罗汉果,这其中有何道理?——这是他的意图。须知,外道论师所说既有合理的,也有不合理的,何必在其言论中寻求道理或依据呢?无退失性质的是修道,因为它是圣道,如同见道,绝非非道。在此,并非有因未成立而生的疑惑,因为出世间道的性质,对方也承认是圣道;也非以世间道而致不定,因为已用“圣”字作了简别。同样,亦无矛盾,因为第二道等也是修道性质,且粗烦恼的断除等,对对方而言依理也是成立的。显示巴利原文
241.Tatoti arahattato. Tatthāti dassanamaggaphale. Vāyāmenāti vipassanussāhanena. Tadanantaranti sotāpattiphalānantaraṃ. Paṭhamaṃ dassanamaggaphalānantaraṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, tato parihīno puna vāyamanto tadanantaraṃ na arahattaṃ pāpuṇātīti kā ettha yuttīti adhippāyo. Paravādī nāma yuttampi vadati ayuttampīti kiṃ tassa vāde yuttigavesanāyāti pana daṭṭhabbaṃ. Aparihānasabhāvo bhāvanāmaggo ariyamaggattā dassanādassanamaggo viya. Na cettha asiddhatāsaṅkā lokuttaramaggassa parassapi ariyamaggabhāvassa siddhattā, nāpi lokiyamaggena anekantikatā ariyasaddena visesitattā. Tathā na viruddhatā dutiyamaggādīnaṃ bhāvanāmaggabhāvassa oḷārikakilesappahānādīnañca parassapi āgamato siddhattā.
三、经证退失论的解释显示巴利原文
3. Suttasādhanaparihānikathāvaṇṇanā
265 《人施设论》的注中说:“‘得’与‘触’意指现量的证得。”因此说:“他说应得的,故称应触者。”显示巴利原文
265. Puggalapaññattiaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘patti, phusanā’’ti ca paccakkhato adhigamo adhippetoti vuttaṃ ‘‘pattabbaṃ vadatīti āha phusanāraha’’nti.
267 “已作决定者”:指已作这样的决定:“我将在此七日、一月、一季或雨季内,证得其他(果位)。”显示巴利原文
267.Katasanniṭṭhānassāti imasmiṃ sattāhe māse utumhi antovasse vā aññaṃ ārādhessāmīti katanicchayassa.
三、梵行论显示巴利原文
3. Brahmacariyakathā
一、纯净梵行论释显示巴利原文
1. Suddhabrahmacariyakathāvaṇṇanā
269 “在下”指他化自在天及其以下。他们也不愿修道,这可以理解,因为“这里的梵行生活”一句,是基于“天界中不存在两种梵行生活”这种执取而说的。显示巴利原文
269.Heṭṭhāpīti paranimmitavasavattidevehi heṭṭhāpi. Maggabhāvanampi na icchantīti viññāyati ‘‘idha brahmacariyavāso’’ti iminā ‘‘dvepi brahmacariyavāsā natthi devesūti upaladdhivasenā’’ti vuttattā.
270 “正是他的”:即外道论者。“依人而言”:指“某些在家人和某些天人”,如此依人而言。“他的”:指外道论者。“反驳不合理”:依人而结合的义理并不合理,这是他的意图。然而,即使是以人为安立而作的义理解释,若以处所来限定,则无过失。他的意图是:假若这是外道论者就“某些在家人”等所说的意图,因外道论者与自论者执取同一想,便不应受呵责。因此说“自……应知”。但是,应先认可,而后以反驳呵责,这是应知的。有人说:“‘在没有出家之处,就没有梵行生活’这一问中,是就某些人证得道而言,外道论者作了反驳。即使他不希望天人获得道,但为显示一切可能,注释书不说‘在家人’,而说‘某些在家人和某些天人’。”这并不妥当,因为既然说了“依人而言”,前一种含义才是合理的。显示巴利原文
270.Tassevāti paravādino eva. Puggalavasenāti ‘‘gihīnañceva ekaccānañca devāna’’nti evaṃ puggalavasena. Tassāti paravādino. Paṭikkhepo na yuttoti evaṃ puggalavasena atthayojanā na yuttāti adhippāyo. Puggalādhiṭṭhānena pana katāpi atthavaṇṇanā okāsavasena paricchijjatīti nāyaṃ doso. Tassāyaṃ adhippāyoti ayaṃ ‘‘gihīnañcevā’’tiādinā vutto tassa paravādino yadi adhippāyo, evaṃ saññāya paravādino sakavādinā samānādāyoti na niggahāraho siyā. Tenāha ‘‘saka…pe… tabbo’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ pana anujānitvā pacchā paṭikkhepeneva niggahetabbatā veditabbā. Keci ‘‘yattha natthi pabbajjā, natthi tattha brahmacariyavāsoti pucchāya ekaccānaṃ manussānaṃ maggappaṭivedhaṃ sandhāya paravādino paṭikkhepo. Yadipi so devānaṃ maggappaṭilābhaṃ na icchati, sambhavantaṃ pana sabbaṃ dassetuṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘gihīna’micceva avatvā ‘ekaccānañca devāna’nti vutta’’nti vadanti, taṃ na sundaraṃ ‘‘sandhāyā’’ti vuttattā, purimoyevattho yutto.
二、结合梵行论释显示巴利原文
2. Saṃsandanabrahmacariyakathāvaṇṇanā
273 “以色界道”:即以色界禅定。由于它是投生色界有的方法,故称为道。如说:“他修习投生色界的道”(《法集论》160)。“此”:指此色界禅定。那么,“在此住灭为因的色界道”等表述,与显示不还道之性质的“在此修习的道”等语,如何相合?提出此问后,为说明如何相合,便说“然而以前”等语。其中,“以前”指“在此修习的道”等语,此处也指“以色界道”等语。而“正是不还者”:即住于不还果者。“禅那不还者”:虽未断尽内在的结缚,但因生于色界有后,修习不还法道,即于彼处般涅槃。其意图是:如上所述,说明两种注释书之语不相违。显示巴利原文
273.Rūpāvacaramaggenāti rūpāvacarajjhānena. Tañhi rūpabhavūpapattiyā upāyabhāvato maggoti vutto. Yathāha ‘‘rūpupapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (dha. sa. 160). Idanti idaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānaṃ. ‘‘Idhavihāyaniṭṭhahetubhūto rūpāvacaramaggo’’tiādikaṃ dīpentaṃ vacanaṃ anāgāmimaggassa tabbhāvadīpakena ‘‘idha bhāvitamaggo’’tiādikena kathaṃ sametīti codetvā yathā sameti , taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pubbe panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘pubbe’’ti iminā ‘‘idha bhāvitamaggo’’tiādikaṃ vadanti, idhāpi pana ‘‘rūpāvacaramaggenā’’tiādikaṃ. Tattha anāgāmī evāti anāgāmiphalaṭṭho eva. Jhānānāgāmīti asamucchinnajjhattasaṃyojanopi rūpabhave uppajjitvā anāvattidhammamaggaṃ bhāvetvā tattheva parinibbāyanato. Adhippāyoti yathāvutto dvinnaṃ aṭṭhakathāvacanānaṃ avirodhadīpako adhippāyo.
此处:指欲界。彼处:指梵天界。对此,应如此反问异执者:“‘比丘们,以三处……’这部经,是应按字面意思来理解,还是意在言外?”对此,若他明了,便会说是意在言外。否则,由于经中说“天有三十三”,便不能说“依于他化自在天”等语。正如在“譬如与三十三天共议”等句中,是以帝释天王为代表,因在欲界诸天中三十三天最为显著、广为人知,故取其名,但并非仅指他们,应承认经文是意在言外;同样,在“此处有梵行生活”这句中,也是指在教法中出家,因其以无过患乐、无杂染乐、出离乐等为所依,具有大利益,故在此经中“此处有梵行生活”是意在言外。因为这种出家对于北俱卢洲人和诸天来说,既无机会,也极难做到、极为稀有。在那里,即使通过太阳运行等方式,也应阐明诸天有证得道果的可能性,而北俱卢洲人无法获得殊胜成就,这是双方都认可的。显示巴利原文
Idhāti kāmaloke. Tatthāti brahmaloke. Ettha ca paravādī evaṃ pucchitabbo ‘‘tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehī’’ti suttaṃ kiṃ yathārutavasena gahetabbatthaṃ, udāhu sandhāyabhāsitanti? Tattha jānamāno sandhāyabhāsitanti vadeyya. Aññathā ‘‘paranimmitavasavattideve upādāyā’’tiādi vattuṃ na sakkā ‘‘deve ca tāvatiṃse’’ti vuttattā. Yathā hi tassa ‘‘seyyathāpi devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā’’tiādīsu viya sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upādāya kāmāvacaradevesu tāvatiṃsadevā pākaṭā paññātāti tesaṃ gahaṇaṃ, na teyeva adhippetāti suttapadassa sandhāyabhāsitatthaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘idha brahmacariyavāso’’ti etthāpi anavajjasukhaabyāsekasukhanekkhammasukhādisannissayabhāvena mahānisaṃsatāya sāsane pabbajjā ‘‘idha brahmacariyavāso’’ti imasmiṃ sutte adhippetā. Sā hi uttarakurukānaṃ devānañca anokāsabhāvato dukkarā dullabhā ca. Tattha sūriyaparivattādīhipi devesu maggapaṭilābhāya atthitā vibhāvetabbā, uttarakurukānaṃ pana visesānadhigamabhāvo ubhinnampi icchito evāti.
三、分断论释显示巴利原文
3. Odhisokathāvaṇṇanā
274 “分断”意为部分地、按部分而作,也就是“一部分一部分地”的意思。因为所谓“部分”即是一部分,所以说“以一部分一部分地”。在此,若依四道,将属于集谛的烦恼群以四部分来断除,称为“分断”,这正是自宗论者所期望的,因为经中有“断除三结、舍断邪见”等语。然而,异执者主张道对四谛是各别现观,而非同一现观。因此他们认为,正如“道一时遍知苦、一时断集”等,道在不同刹那对诸谛起作用;同样地,每一道也应以不同刹那的方式起作用。若如此,巴利圣典中说“初果……断除一部分”等,正是为了显示仅遍知、断除苦等的一部分一部分。因为,如果存在各别现观,见苦等而断除应由初道等断除的三结等的一部分一部分,就会造成“一部分是初道”等,进而导致“一部分是初果者”等。因为出世间善法是无间果,但这并不合理。若无时间上的差别,便不可能理解“同一个人既是初果者,又不是初果者”。因此,论中说“一部分是初果者,一部分不是初果者”等。显示巴利原文
274.Odhisoti bhāgaso, bhāgenāti attho. Bhāgo nāma yasmā ekadeso hoti, tasmā ‘‘ekadesena ekadesenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha yadi catunnaṃ maggānaṃ vasena samudayapakkhikassa kilesagaṇassa catubhāgehi pahānaṃ ‘‘odhiso pahāna’’nti adhippetaṃ, icchitamevetaṃ sakavādissa ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā diṭṭhigatānaṃ pahānāyā’’ti ca ādivacanato. Yasmā pana maggo catūsu saccesu nānābhisamayavasena kiccakaro, na ekābhisamayavasenāti paravādino laddhi, tasmā yathā ‘‘maggo kālena dukkhaṃ parijānāti, kālena samudayaṃ pajahatī’’tiādinā nānakkhaṇavasena saccesu pavattatīti icchito, evaṃ paccekampi nānakkhaṇavasena pavatteyya. Tathā sati dukkhādīnaṃ ekadesaekadesameva parijānāti pajahatīti dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘sotāpatti…pe… ekadese pajahatī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sati hi nānābhisamaye paṭhamamaggādīhi pahātabbānaṃ saṃyojanattayādīnaṃ dukkhadassanādīhi ekadesaekadesappahānaṃ siyāti ekadesasotāpattimaggaṭṭhāditā, tato eva ekadesasotāpannāditā ca āpajjati anantaraphalattā lokuttarakusalānaṃ, na ca taṃ yuttaṃ. Na hi kālabhedena vinā so eva sotāpanno, asotāpanno cāti sakkā viññātuṃ. Tenāha ‘‘ekadesaṃ sotāpanno, ekadesaṃ na sotāpanno’’tiādi.
此外,应如此反问这位主张各别现观者:“道智证知诸谛时,是以所缘来证知,还是以作用来证知?”若他回答“以所缘”,那么,如同观智一样,对苦与集的彻底断除与完全断灭便不合理,因为并未从中出离,道的见也是如此。因为,说它自己以自己为所缘而生起,是不合理的,在施设其他道时会导致无穷过。因此,三谛是以作用来证知,灭谛是以作用和所缘来证知。如此,对于无混淆地证知的道智来说,根本不存在各别现观。正如世尊所说:“比丘们,见苦者,亦见苦集……”等。而且,这并非指不同时间的见。在“友,见苦者,亦见苦集、见苦灭……见趣苦灭道”(《相应部》5.1100)中,为了在探讨具足一见谛者是否具足其他见谛时成立其义,由具寿牛主长老所引,并将各别见三谛联系起来。否则,由于先前已见者不再见,在见集等时,便不应将见苦等联系起来。因为出世间道不像世间道那样以已作所作的方式生起,它是断除者。若那样联系,则一切见将成为见后即随之而见,便会导致见的无止息。如此,依教理与正理,各别现观皆不可能,因此,各别诸道并无分断,于此应得定论。显示巴利原文
Apicāyaṃ nānābhisamayavādī evaṃ pucchitabbo ‘‘maggañāṇaṃ saccāni paṭivijjhantaṃ kiṃ ārammaṇato paṭivijjhati, udāhu kiccato’’ti. Yadi ārammaṇatoti vadeyya, tassa vipassanāñāṇassa viya dukkhasamudayānaṃ accantaparicchedasamucchedā na yuttā tato anissaṭattā, tathā maggadassanaṃ. Na hi sayameva attānaṃ ārabbha pavattatīti yuttaṃ, maggantaraparikappanāyaṃ anavaṭṭhānaṃ āpajjatīti, tasmā tīṇi saccāni kiccato, nirodhaṃ kiccato ārammaṇato ca paṭivijjhatīti evamasammohato paṭivijjhantassa maggañāṇassa nattheva nānābhisamayo. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ passati, dukkhasamudayampi so passatī’’tiādi. Na cetaṃ kālantaradassanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yo nu kho, āvuso, dukkhaṃ passati, dukkhasamudayampi so passati, dukkhanirodhampi…pe… dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadampi so passatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.1100) ekasaccadassanasamaṅgino aññasaccadassanasamaṅgibhāvavicāraṇāyaṃ tadatthasādhanatthaṃ āyasmatā gavaṃpatittherena ābhatattā paccekañca saccattayadassanassa yojitattā. Aññathā purimadiṭṭhassa puna adassanato samudayādidassane dukkhādidassanamayojanīyaṃ siyā. Na hi lokuttaramaggo lokiyamaggo viya katakāribhāvena pavattati samucchedakattā. Tathā yojane ca sabbaṃ dassanaṃ dassanantaraparanti dassanānuparamo siyā. Evaṃ āgamato yuttito ca nānābhisamayassa asambhavato paccekaṃ maggānaṃ odhiso pahānaṃ natthīti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ.
四、舍弃论释显示巴利原文
4. Jahatikathāvaṇṇanā
一、非引经论释显示巴利原文
1. Nasuttāharaṇakathāvaṇṇanā
280 280. 虽然巴利圣典中说“修习三道”,但应知道的修习只是为了断除烦恼,故说“作用存在,即应以三道断除者已断除”。其中,“以三道”是指由下三圣道所应断除的内心结缚已断除,即已断灭。而所谓“作用”,是指对于下分结,道具有断除现观的作用。“即以彼道”是指以阿那含道。“此不相合”是指:如此,在道生起之前,欲贪与嗔恚便已断除——这种见解的表述,与所说“道的作用存在”不相合、不合理。“因此”是指以此指出如前所述的矛盾。“已断除”是指已镇伏。因为,此处所指的,是那证得禅那者,以禅那镇伏烦恼后,再以道断除之。故说“见道……意趣”。显示巴利原文
280. Yadipi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘tayo magge bhāvetī’’ti vuttaṃ, maggabhāvanā pana yāvadeva kilesasamucchindanatthāti ñatvā ‘‘kiccasabbhāvanti tīhi pahātabbassa pahīnata’’nti āha. Tattha tīhīti heṭṭhimehi tīhi ariyamaggehi pahātabbassa ajjhattasaṃyojanassa pahīnataṃ samucchindananti attho. Taṃ pana kiccanti adhobhāgiyasaṃyojanesu maggassa pahānābhisamayakiccaṃ. Teneva maggenāti anāgāmimaggeneva. Etaṃ na sametīti evaṃ magguppādato pageva kāmarāgabyāpādā pahīyantīti laddhikittanaṃ iminā maggassa kiccasabbhāvakathanena na sameti na yujjati. Tasmāti iminā yathāvuttameva virodhaṃ paccāmasati. Pahīnānanti vikkhambhitānaṃ. Yo hi jhānalābhī jhānena yathāvikkhambhite kilese maggena samucchindati, so idhādhippeto. Tenāha ‘‘dassanamagge…pe… adhippāyo’’ti.
五、一切有论释显示巴利原文
5. Sabbamatthītikathāvaṇṇanā
一、论理应用释显示巴利原文
1. Vādayuttivaṇṇanā
282 “一切存在”:此处,由于其他论师执持过去与未来如同现在一样,是具有持续存在的自性,因此“一切”是指依时间差别而分的过去等一切。然而,以“凡是无的,那也是存在”这样的方式,是依脱离时间者的角度而进行追问,其目的是通过显示过度推论,将过失归于其他论师的承认。或者,这是对过去与未来不存在性的正理显示。而此“存在”的存在性,若离开处所、时间、状态等法便不会发生,因此为了先将其与那些结合而显示追问,便展开了“于一切处一切存在”等文句。其中,虽然“于一切处”是总称,但它立足于差别之中,且后面以“于一切法中”来分别诸法,所以注释书中为了显示粗显、明显的色法集合之义,而说“于一切处即于一切身中”,或者这应视为仅是举例。同样地,如同胜论派与数论派所承认的虚空、时间等七种根本原质之人那样,其他论者所承认的一切,便成了遍在于一切。而“于一切处、于身中”如同“芝麻中有油”,是以处格表示遍满,因此说“应以含摄于身中的一切而存在”,即“头、足……的意义”。显示巴利原文
282.Sabbaṃatthīti ettha yasmā paccuppannaṃ viya atītānāgatampi dharamānasabhāvanti paravādino laddhi, tasmā sabbanti kālavibhāgato atītādibhedaṃ sabbaṃ. So pana ‘‘yampi natthi, tampi atthī’’ti kālavimuttassa vasena anuyogo, taṃ atippasaṅgadassanavasena paravādipaṭiññāya dosāropanaṃ. Nayadassanaṃ vā atītānāgatānaṃ natthibhāvassa. Atthīti pana ayaṃ atthibhāvo yasmā desakālākāradhammehi vinā na hoti, tasmā taṃ tāva tehi saddhiṃ yojetvā anuyogaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sabbattha sabbamatthī’’tiādinā pāḷi pavattā. Tattha yadipi sabbatthāti idaṃ sāmaññavacanaṃ, taṃ pana yasmā visesaniviṭṭhaṃ hoti, parato ca sabbesūti dhammā vibhāgato vuccanti, tasmā oḷārikassa pākaṭassa rūpadhammasamudāyassa vasena atthaṃ dassetuṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sabbatthāti sabbasmiṃ sarīre’’ti vuttaṃ, nidassanamattaṃ vā etaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā ca kāṇādakāpilehi paṭiññāyamānā ākāsakālādisattapakatipurisā viya paravādinā paṭiññāyamānaṃ sabbaṃ sabbabyāpīti āpannameva hotīti. ‘‘Sabbattha sarīre’’ti ca ‘‘tile tela’’nti viya byāpane bhummanti sarīrapariyāpannena sabbena bhavitabbanti vuttaṃ ‘‘sirasi pādā…pe… attho’’ti.
“于一切时,一切存在”是结合。在这个立场下,他的另一说法可被阐明:“凡是存在的,那确实存在;凡是不存在的,那确实不存在;非存在者无有生起,存在者无有灭坏。”如此,以一切方式,“一切”于“一切法”中“一切”存在,这是意义的连接。然而,通过这些立场,可阐明这样的说法:“一切具有一切自性,因为非存在者无有生起,由多种力量积聚之故。”无结合,即不具任何合与不合之相的结合。而那“单一自性”,即无结合,从意义上说就是单一自性、单一法。以此,可阐明诸天论者的“梵天所见即是存在”的过度之说。他问“存在吗?”的意思是:如果“一切存在”是你的主张,那么如我所说的我的见解是正见这一点,你必定要承认是存在的,因此他问“那个存在吗?”。显示巴利原文
Sabbasmiṃ kāle sabbamatthīti yojanā. Etasmiṃ pakkheyevassa aññavādo paridīpito siyā ‘‘yaṃ atthi, attheva taṃ, yaṃ natthi, nattheva taṃ, asato natthi sambhavo, sato natthi vināso’’ti. Evaṃ sabbenākārena sabbaṃ sabbesu dhammesu sabbaṃ atthīti atthoti sambandho. Imehi pana pakkhehi ‘‘sabbaṃ sabbasabhāvaṃ, anekasattinicitābhāvā asato natthi sambhavo’’ti vādo paridīpito siyā. Yogarahitanti kenaci yuttāyuttalakkhaṇasaṃyogarahitaṃ. Taṃ pana ekasabhāvanti saṃyogarahitaṃ nāma atthato ekasabhāvaṃ, ekadhammoti attho. Etena devavādīnaṃ brahmadassanaṃ atthevātivādo paridīpito siyā. Atthīti pucchatīti yadi sabbamatthīti tava vādo, yathāvuttāya mama diṭṭhiyā sammādiṭṭhibhāvo atthīti ekantena tayā sampaṭicchitabbo, tasmā ‘‘kiṃ so atthī’’ti pucchatīti attho.
二、时间结合论之阐释显示巴利原文
2. Kālasaṃsandanakathāvaṇṇanā
285 “过去……作”此处略义为:过去与未来,这是色的这种差别,或者不执取具有这种差别的色,而只将不离开现在性差别的现在色,由于现在色性的同基性,应使其进入这个领域,应使其成为言语的对象,虽然它们有差别与所差别的区分,但仍使其不作区分。然而,因为巴利文中以“现在”或“色”等词,通过“iti”词显示了其义应被述说的方式,所以他说“以现在词……被说”。色施设,即色处的施设,因为那是执取自性法而有的彼生施设,因此他说“于自性所限中发生的存在施设”。依于色聚,即依于作为各各我施设之执取基础的、以无有的说明方式而现行的色法之聚。因为执取与所执取也是执取,因此,由于依于聚的从属性,故为不存在施设。离去不可说,即离去的实体性、离去之不可说。因为白色性的离去并不会成为无实体。而色性的离去不可说,是不合理的,这是连接。色性,即色处的自性、眼识的所缘性。因为它的现在性离去时,离去不可说是不合理的。显示巴利原文
285.Atītā…pe… karitvāti etthāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – atītaṃ anāgatanti rūpassa imaṃ visesaṃ, evaṃ visesaṃ vā rūpaṃ aggahetvā paccuppannatāvisesavisiṭṭharūpameva appiyaṃ paccuppannarūpabhāvānaṃ samānādhikaraṇattā etasmiṃyeva visaye appetabbaṃ, vacīgocaraṃ pāpetabbaṃ satipi nesaṃ visesanavisesitabbatāsaṅkhāte vibhāge tathāpi avibhajitabbaṃ katvāti. Yasmā pana pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘paccuppannanti vā rūpanti vā’’ti paccuppannarūpasaddehi tadatthassa vattabbākāro itisaddehi dassito, tasmā ‘‘paccuppannasaddena…pe… vuttaṃ hotī’’ti āha. Rūpapaññattīti rūpāyatanapaññatti. Sā hi sabhāvadhammupādānā tajjāpaññatti. Tenevāha ‘‘sabhāvaparicchinne pavattā vijjamānapaññattī’’ti. Rūpasamūhaṃ upādāyāti taṃtaṃattapaññattiyā upādānabhūtānaṃ abhāvavibhāvanākārena pavattamānānaṃ rūpadhammānaṃ samūhaṃ upādāya. Upādānupādānampi hi upādānamevāti. Tasmāti samūhupādāyādhīnatāya avijjamānapaññattibhāvato. Vigamāvattabbatāti vigamassa vatthabhāvāpagamassa avattabbatā. Na hi odātatāvigamena avatthaṃ hoti. Na pana yuttā rūpabhāvassa vigamāvattabbatāti yojanā. Rūpabhāvoti ca rūpāyatanasabhāvo cakkhuviññāṇassa gocarabhāvo. Na hi tassa paccuppannabhāvavigame vigamāvattabbatā yuttā.
语词净化之阐释显示巴利原文
Vacanasodhanavaṇṇanā
288 “未来或现在”中的“或”字表示不定,就像“应绑在羯地罗树或帕拉沙树上”一样。因此,为了显示“已生而存在”这句中的“存在”一词,是以未来与现在中的某一方为主而建立关联,他说:“未来……应见”。其中,“成为现在”指的是正在生起的现在获得了现在性。所以他说:“那未来即是那现在,这是依执取之见而说。”他又问:那“已生而存在”——也就是那未来成为之后,因达到现在性而被称作“已生而存在”——是否还会再次“已生而存在”?答:不从那种状态离去,即不从具有现在性的“已生而存在”之性离去。现在性不存在,也就是现在性的不存在。显示巴利原文
288.Anāgataṃ vā paccuppannaṃ vāti ettha vā-saddo aniyamattho yathā ‘‘khadire vā bandhitabbaṃ palāse vā’’ti. Tasmā ‘‘hutvā hotī’’ti ettha hoti-saddo anāgatapaccuppannesu yaṃ kiñci padhānaṃ katvā sambandhaṃ labhatīti dassento ‘‘anāgataṃ…pe… daṭṭhabba’’nti āha. Tattha paccuppannaṃ hontanti paccuppannaṃ jāyamānaṃ paccuppannabhāvaṃ labhantaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘taññeva anāgataṃ taṃ paccuppannanti laddhivasenā’’ti. Tampi hutvā hotīti yaṃ anāgataṃ hutvā paccuppannabhāvappattiyā ‘‘hutvā hotī’’ti vuttaṃ, kiṃ tadapi puna hutvā hotīti pucchati. Tabbhāvāvigamatoti paccuppannabhāvato hutvāhotibhāvānupagamato. Paccuppannābhāvatoti paccuppannatāya abhāvato.
“值得言说”,这是为了显示仅在言说上并无任何过失。意思是:虽然那已经生起、已经存在的事物,并没有再次的“已生而存在”,但由于需要反复了知,所以第二次乃至其后也值得那样说,因此他承认说“是的”。“法”指自性法;因为对它加以否定,所以非法即是无法,因此他说“如兔角”。显示巴利原文
Vacanaṃarahatīti iminā vacanamatte na koci dosoti dasseti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yadipi tassa puna hutvā bhūtassa puna hutvāhotibhāvo natthi, punappunaṃ ñāpetabbatāya pana dutiyaṃ tato parampi tathā vattabbataṃ arahatīti ‘‘āmantā’’ti paṭijānātīti. Dhammeti sabhāvadhamme. Tappaṭikkhepato adhamme abhāvadhamme. Tenāha ‘‘sasavisāṇe’’ti.
所谓“否定理路”,是指在“已生者存在,已生者存在”这一表述中,之前你曾以“未来已生而成为现在”的说法,基于“那未来即是现在”的执取,而说“未来或现在已生而存在”;当被问及“那个(未来)是否也已生而存在?”时,论敌以已生者不存在再次已生为由,作出“并非如此”的否定,这便是“否定理路”。因此,只要是色等未来法,它即是现在——虽然就实体义而言没有差别,但在未来与现在上确实有时间差别——为了破斥这种时间差别,便生起了否定,故而说:“所谓否定理路,即因为时间不同”。由此,这一否定便被引申而生起。所谓“承许理路”,是指紧随上述否定之后的承许内容。正如该承许是基于实体义的差异而被引申生起,这里也是如此。因此说“由于义不同”,意思是:依未来等分类而施设的时间,其所依的义存在差别。虽然所依的色等义彼此不同,但它们并不在三刹那中运转;因为不运转,所以不存在未来与现在的状态。如是,在此所说的“已……”(原文未完)。显示巴利原文
Paṭikkhittanayenāti ‘‘hutvā hoti, hutvā hotī’’ti ettha pubbe yadetaṃ tayā ‘‘anāgataṃ hutvā paccuppannaṃ hotī’’ti vadatā ‘‘taṃyeva anāgataṃ taṃ paccuppanna’’nti laddhivasena ‘‘anāgataṃ vā paccuppannaṃ vā hutvā hotī’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘kiṃ te tampi hutvā hotī’’ti pucchite yo paravādinā hutvā bhūtassa puna hutvāabhāvato ‘‘na hevā’’ti paṭikkhepo kato, tena paṭikkhittanayena. Svāyaṃ yadeva rūpādi anāgataṃ, tadeva paccuppannanti satipi atthābhede anāgatapaccuppannanti pana attheva kālabhedoti taṃkālabhedavirodhāya paṭikkhepo pavattoti āha ‘‘paṭikkhittanayenāti kālanānattenā’’ti. Tena hi so ayañca paṭikkhepo nīto pavattitoti. Paṭiññātanayenāti idampi yathāvuttapaṭikkhepānantaraṃ yaṃ paṭiññātaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha. Yathā hi sā paṭiññā atthābhedena nītā pavattitā, tathāyampi. Tenevāha ‘‘atthānānattenā’’ti, anāgatādippabhedāya kālapaññattiyā upādānabhūtassa atthassa abhedenāti attho. Yathā upādānabhūtarūpādiatthābhedepi tesaṃ khaṇattayānāvatti taṃsamaṅgitā anāgatapaccuppannabhāvāvattitā, tathā tattha vuccamānā hutvāhotibhāvā yathākkamaṃ purimapacchimesu pavattitā purimapacchimakiriyāti katvāti imamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘atthānānattaṃ…pe… paṭijānātī’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘atthānānattameva hī’’tiādinā tameva atthaṃ samattheti. Yathā pana ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’nti paṭijānantassa jīvova sarīraṃ, sarīrameva jīvoti jīvasarīrānaṃ anaññattaṃ āpajjati, evaṃ ‘‘taññeva anāgataṃ taṃ paccuppanna’’nti ca paṭijānantassa anāgatapaccuppannānaṃ anaññattaṃ āpannanti paccuppannānāgatesu vuttā hotibhāvahutvābhāvā anāgatapaccuppannesupi āpajjeyyunti vuttaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘evaṃ sante anāgatampi hutvāhoti nāma, paccuppannampi hutvāhotiyeva nāmā’’ti.
“随许问”即:“那未来即是现在?——是的。”这是就义之差别而随许的含义。想要了解之义即是问。所谓“说过失”,是指未来已生而成为现在,又再次成为未来与现在的状态,这便称为过失,如第一种理路所说。而在后一种理路中,则是指在未来与现在各自都有“已生而存在”的状态,这称为过失。“否定问”即:“那未来即是现在?——不应如此说。”这是就时间差别而否定的问。“由于那”,是指由于对未来与现在“已生而存在”状态的否定。“责难”即:未来由此而生,现在由此而已生,二者无别、同一自性,以此为责难。“在此”,即在此“已生而存在”之问中,过失如何生起,以此为责难。“即彼”即化解。如何作责难,又如何作化解?由于随许与否定的所缘不同,故为责难;由于义差别与时间差别为所缘,且二者不相离,故为化解。“即彼”即意指论敌的立场。显示巴利原文
Anuññātapañhassāti ‘‘taññeva anāgataṃ taṃ paccuppannanti? Āmantā’’ti evaṃ atthānānattaṃ sandhāya anuññātassa atthassa. Ñātuṃ icchito hi attho pañho. Doso vuttoti anāgataṃ hutvā paccuppannabhūtassa puna anāgataṃ hutvā paccuppannabhāvāpattisaṅkhāto doso vutto purimanaye . Pacchimanaye pana anāgatapaccuppannesu ekekassa hutvāhotibhāvāpattisaṅkhāto doso vuttoti attho. Paṭikkhittapañhanti ‘‘taṃyeva anāgataṃ taṃ paccuppannanti? Na hevaṃ vattabbe’’ti evaṃ kālanānattaṃ sandhāya paṭikkhittapañhaṃ. Tenāti anāgatapaccuppannānaṃ hotihutvābhāvapaṭikkhepena. Codetīti anāgataṃ tena hoti nāma, paccuppannaṃ tena hutvā nāma, ubhayampi anaññattā ubhayasabhāvanti codeti. Etthāti ‘‘hutvā hotī’’ti etasmiṃ pañhe kathaṃ hoti dosoti codetīti. ‘‘Tassevā’’ti pariharati. Kathaṃ katvā codanā, kathañca katvā parihāro? Anujānanapaṭikkhepānaṃ bhinnavisayatāya codanā, atthābhedakālabhedavisayattā abhinnādhāratāya tesaṃ parihāro. Tassevāti hi paravādino evāti attho.
“执取两者”即:“那未来,那现在”,将两者合为一聚而执取。“各别”,即于它们之中的每一个。“唯各别”,即不将两者合聚执取,唯各别分开;在此主张中,这样是不合适的,这是它的含义。这个理路因为类推而简略,所以难以理解,于是以“未来的……”等加以开显。其义应为:应当认可未来与现在依次有“已生而存在”的状态。由“你曾说”等所展开的解说理路,是第一种理路,因为在那里,“若你之未来已生”等已对“已生而存在”的状态作了责难。“另一理路”等是第二理路,因为在那里,“未来……唯有已生而存在”,责难了在未来等各别存在的“已生而存在”之名。显示巴利原文
Tadubhayaṃ gahetvāti ‘‘taṃ anāgataṃ taṃ paccuppanna’’nti ubhayaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahetvā. Ekekanti tesu ekekaṃ. Ekekamevāti ubhayaṃ ekajjhaṃ aggahetvā ekekameva visuṃ visuṃ imasmiṃ pakkhe tathā na yuttanti attho. Esa nayoti atidesaṃ katvā saṃkhittattā taṃ dubbiññeyyanti ‘‘anāgatassa hī’’tiādinā vivarati. Paṭijānitabbaṃ siyā anāgatapaccuppannānaṃ yathākkamaṃ hotihutvābhāvatoti adhippāyo. ‘‘Yadetaṃ tayā’’tiādinā pavatto saṃvaṇṇanānayo purimanayo, tattha hi ‘‘yadi te anāgataṃ hutvā’’tiādinā hutvāhotibhāvo codito. ‘‘Aparo nayo’’tiādiko dutiyanayo. Tattha hi ‘‘anāgatassa…pe… hutvāhotiyeva nāmā’’ti anāgatādīsu ekekassa hutvāhotināmatā coditā.
过去智等论的解说。显示巴利原文
Atītañāṇādikathāvaṇṇanā
290 290.“为何这么说?”——这是因何而说?由于此,在第二问中,“过去智”已被提及;而那智是现在的,因为以过去法为所缘,故说为“过去”。因此注疏中说:“再次被问时,以过去为所缘的现在智”等。显示巴利原文
290.Kathaṃvuccatīti kasmā vuttaṃ. Tenāti hi iminā dutiyapucchāya ‘‘atītaṃ ñāṇa’’nti idaṃ paccāmaṭṭhaṃ, tañca paccuppannaṃ ñāṇaṃ, atītadhammārammaṇatāya atītanti vuttaṃ. Tenāha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘puna puṭṭho atītārammaṇaṃ paccuppannaṃ ñāṇa’’ntiādi.
阿拉汉等论的解说。显示巴利原文
Arahantādikathāvaṇṇanā
291 291. 以“阿拉汉漏尽者”等语,其与经相违是明显的,为显示此点,故说“应见理相违……”。其中,“无差别”即无有差别。“如是等”即由“等”字,应见包含“所作已办、无重担”等义。显示巴利原文
291. ‘‘Arahaṃ khīṇāsavo’’tiādinā suttavirodho pākaṭoti idameva dassento ‘‘yuttivirodho…pe… daṭṭhabbo’’ti āha. Tattha anānattanti aviseso. Evamādikoti ādi-saddena katakiccatābhāvo anohitabhāratāti evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.
词句校正论的解说。显示巴利原文
Padasodhanakathāvaṇṇanā
295 有人把“过去之声所应称的意义”与“存在之声所应称的意义”视为同一所指,因而说“过去与存在之声意义相同”。但这并不正确,因为并非过去之声所应称的意义,就是存在之声所应称的意义。因此他说:“因为存在之声的意义并非过去。”那么,这说明了什么?他说:“过去即非过去,非过去即过去。”其意是说:如果按照你的见解,过去是存在,而存在又不是过去,那么过去与非过去就可能并存;同样地,存在不是过去,过去与非过去也可能并存。正如在“过去存在”这句话中,不能执取“唯有过去才存在”这一限定,因为非过去也是被承认为存在的。因此他说:“存在可能是过去,也可能是非过去。”因为,对方论者既然以某种方式承认过去的存在性,也就会以同样的方式承认非过去、未来与现在的存在性。那是通过什么方式承认的呢?是通过有为的方式。因此他说:“所以过去即非过去,非过去即过去。”因此,应当在此处执取“过去必定存在”这一限定。因为在存在性上,过去是被限定的,而不是在“过去”上限定存在性。然而,在“涅槃不存在”这句话中,也可以成立“唯有涅槃才存在”这一限定,因此应当执取这个限定。虽然就胜义而言,涅槃的存在性显示巴利原文
295. Yo atītasaddābhidheyyo attho, so atthisaddābhidheyyoti dvepi samānādhikaraṇatthāti katvā vuttaṃ ‘‘atītaatthisaddānaṃ ekatthattā’’ti, na, atītasaddābhidheyyasseva atthisaddābhidheyyattā. Tenāha ‘‘atthisaddatthassa ca nvātītabhāvato’’ti. Tena kiṃ siddhanti āha ‘‘atītaṃ nvātītaṃ, nvātītañca atītaṃ hotī’’ti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yadi tava matena atītaṃ atthi, atthi ca nvātītanti atītañca no atītaṃ siyā, tathā atthi no atītaṃ atītañca no atītaṃ atītaṃ siyāti, yathā ‘‘atītaṃ atthī’’ti ettha atītameva atthīti nāyaṃ niyamo gahetabbo anatītassapi atthibhāvassa icchitattā. Tenevāha ‘‘atthi siyā atītaṃ, siyā nvātīta’’nti. Yena hi ākārena atītassa atthibhāvo paravādinā icchito, tenākārena anatītassa anāgatassa paccuppannassa ca so icchito. Kena pana ākārena icchitoti ? Saṅkhatākārena. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tenātītaṃ nvātītaṃ, nvātītaṃ atīta’’nti. Tasmā atītaṃ atthiyevāti evamettha niyamo gahetabbo. Atthibhāve hi atītaṃ niyamitaṃ, na atīte atthibhāvo niyamito, ‘‘na pana nibbānaṃ atthī’’ti ettha pana nibbānameva atthīti ayampi niyamo sambhavatīti so eva gahetabbo. Yadipi hi nibbānaṃ paramatthato atthibhāvaṃ upādāya uttarapadāvadhāraṇaṃ labbhati tadaññassapi abhāvato, tathāpi asaṅkhatākārena aññassa anupalabbhanato tathā nibbānameva atthīti purimapadāvadhāraṇe atthe gayhamāne ‘‘atthi siyā nibbānaṃ, siyā no nibbāna’’nti codanā anokāsā. Atītādīsu pana purimapadāvadhāraṇaṃ paravādinā na gahitanti natthettha atippasaṅgo. Aggahaṇañcassa pāḷito eva viññāyati. Evamettha atītādīnaṃ atthitaṃ vadantassa paravādissevāyaṃ iṭṭhavighātadosāpatti, na pana nibbānassa atthitaṃ vadantassa sakavādissāti. Paṭipādanā patiṭṭhāpanā veditabbā.
在此有人问:“以‘过去存在’等语,这里所意指的过去与未来的存在,究竟是胜义上的存在,还是非胜义上的存在?”对此,如果是胜义上的,因为一切时都存在的缘故,诸行就会变成常见,而这是不合理的,因为既与圣教相违,也与正理相违。如果是非胜义上的,那么“一切存在”等责难就成了没有意义的,但并非没有意义。因为对方论者依于“凡任何色,过去、未来”等语,宣说过去与未来也具有蕴性;而且,如果过去不存在,善不善业的未来果报又怎能生起?于此,宿住随念智等又怎能运作?于未来,未来分智等又怎能运作?因此,他承认过去与未来在胜义上必定存在,本论正是针对这种观点而作。这应该完全接受。那些宣说“一切存在”,涵盖过去、未来与现在者,就是所说的说一切有部。显示巴利原文
Etthāha ‘‘atītaṃ atthī’’tiādinā kiṃ panāyaṃ atītānāgatānaṃ paramatthato atthibhāvo adhippeto, udāhu na paramatthato. Kiñcettha – yadi tāva paramatthato, sabbakālaṃ atthibhāvato saṅkhārānaṃ sassatabhāvo āpajjati, na ca taṃ yuttaṃ āgamavirodhato yuttivirodhato ca. Atha na paramatthato, ‘‘sabbamatthī’’tiādikā codanā niratthikā siyā, na niratthikā. So hi paravādī ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgata’’ntiādinā atītānāgatānampi khandhabhāvassa vuttattā asati ca atīte kusalākusalassa kammassa āyatiṃ phalaṃ kathaṃ bhaveyya, tattha ca pubbenivāsañāṇādi anāgate ca anāgataṃsañāṇādi kathaṃ pavatteyya, tasmā attheva paramatthato atītānāgatanti yaṃ paṭijānāti, taṃ sandhāya ayaṃ katāti. Ekantena cetaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Yepi ‘‘sabbaṃ atthī’’ti vadanti atītaṃ anāgataṃ paccuppannañca, te sabbatthivādāti.
这些说一切有部论者共有四类。其中一类为“性异论者”,他们主张:“譬如金器被打破后改作他形时,改变的只是形状,而非颜色等;又如牛乳转变为酪时,舍弃了味、效力和消化结果,而非颜色。同样,诸法从未来世转入现在世时,唯舍弃未来性,不舍自性;从现在世转入过去世时也是如此。”另一类为“相异论者”,他们主张:“在三世中流转的法,过去者具足过去相,不具足其他相;未来与现在也是如此。犹如一个男子对某一女子染着,对其他女子则不染着。”还有一类为“位异论者”,他们主张:“在三世中流转的法,达到各各位次后,依位次之异而被称为不同,而非依自性。如同一枚筹码,放在个位时称为一,放在百位时称为百,放在千位时称为千,此处道理也是如此。”另有一类为“他异论者”,他们主张:“在三世中流转的法,观待彼彼因缘而被说为与其自身不同的自性。如同一女子,既被称为母亲,又被称为女儿。”如此,说一切有部论者共有四类。显示巴利原文
Catubbidhā cete te sabbatthivādā. Tattha keci bhāvaññattikā. Te hi ‘‘yathā suvaṇṇabhājanassa bhinditvā aññathā kariyamānassa saṇṭhānasseva aññathattaṃ, na vaṇṇādīnaṃ, yathā ca khīraṃ dadhibhāvena pariṇamantaṃ rasavīriyavipāke pariccajati, na vaṇṇaṃ, evaṃ dhammāpi anāgataddhuno paccuppannaddhaṃ saṅkamantā anāgatabhāvameva jahanti, na attano sabhāvaṃ. Tathā paccuppannaddhuno atītaddhaṃ saṅkame’’ti vadanti. Keci lakkhaṇaññattikā, te pana ‘‘tīsu addhāsu pavattamāno dhammo atīto atītalakkhaṇayutto, itaralakkhaṇehi ayutto. Tathā anāgato paccuppanno ca. Yathā puriso ekissā itthiyā ratto aññāsu aratto’’ti vadanti. Aññe avatthaññattikā, te ‘‘tīsu addhāsu pavattamāno dhammo taṃ taṃ avatthaṃ patvā añño aññaṃ niddisīyati avatthantarato, na sabhāvato. Yathā ekaṃ akkhaṃ ekaṅge nikkhittaṃ ekanti vuccati, sataṅge satanti, sahassaṅge sahassanti, evaṃsampadamida’’nti. Apare aññathaññattikā, te pana ‘‘tīsu addhāsu pavattamāno dhammo taṃ taṃ apekkhitvā tadaññasabhāvena vuccati. Yathā taṃ ekā itthī mātāti ca vuccati dhītā’’ti ca. Evamete cattāro sabbatthivādā.
其中,第一类持转变论,故应归入迦毗罗派弟子之中。第二类则导致时间混乱,因为一切法会具足一切相。第四类同样导致混乱,因为同一法在生起的一刹那,三世会同时聚集:前一刹那与后一刹那为过去与未来,中间一刹那为现在。唯有第三类位异论者没有这种混乱,因为他们依法的功用而安立时间差别:法在起作用的刹那为现在,此前为未来,此后为过去。显示巴利原文
Tesu paṭhamo pariṇāmavāditāya kāpilapakkhikesu pakkhipitabboti. Dutiyassapi kālasaṅkaro āpajjati sabbassa sabbalakkhaṇayogato. Catutthassapi saṅkarova. Ekasseva dhammassa pavattikkhaṇe tayopi kālā samodhānaṃ gacchanti. Purimapacchimakkhaṇā hi atītānāgatā, majjhimo paccuppannoti. Tatiyassa pana avatthaññattikassa natthi saṅkaro dhammakiccena kālavavatthānato. Dhammo hi sakiccakkhaṇe paccuppanno, tato pubbe anāgato, pacchā atītoti.
对此,如果过去法因保持自性而存在,未来法也是如此,那为什么还称其为过去或未来呢?不是已经说过“依法的功用而安立时间差别”吗?如果这样,那么现在的眼识有什么功用?是在诸因缘完全和合时产生果报。如此,未来法也应以此方式存在,便有了自性存在,从而造成各种相的混杂。还应进一步追问:以同一自性而存在的法,其功用究竟是什么?在它发挥作用时,有什么障碍,使它有时起作用,有时不起作用?如果说是因为因缘的和合,以及功用缺乏和合,那也不对,因为你们主张法恒常存在。正因如此,三时的区分才不能成立。因为,如果法以同一自性存在,为什么有时被称为过去,有时被称为未来?时间的区分便不可能。实际上,尚未生起的法是未来,已生起而尚未灭的法是现在,已灭的法是过去。在这里只应这么说。如果说如同现在法存在那样,过去法和未来法也存在,那么对于如此存在的法,未生性和已灭性又如何能成立?以同一自性而存在的法,如何能成立“未生”或“已灭”呢?它先前不存在什么,由于此不存在而被称为“未生”?它之后又不存在什么,由于此不存在而被称为“已灭”?因此,无论如何,三时的区分都不能成立。显示巴利原文
Tattha yadi atītampi dharamānasabhāvatāya atthi anāgatampi, kasmā taṃ atītanti vuccati anāgatanti vā, nanu vuttaṃ ‘‘dhammakiccena kālavavatthānato’’ti. Yadi evaṃ paccuppannassa cakkhussa kiṃ kiccaṃ, anavasesapaccayasamavāye phaluppādanaṃ. Evaṃ sati anāgatassapi cassa tena bhavitabbaṃ atthibhāvatoti lakkhaṇasaṅkaro siyā. Idañcettha vattabbaṃ, teneva sabhāvena sato dhammassa kiccaṃ, kiccakaraṇe ko vibandho, yena kadāci karoti kadāci na karoti paccayasamavāyabhāvato, kiccassa samavāyābhāvatoti ce? Taṃ na, niccaṃ atthibhāvassa icchitattā. Tato eva ca addhunaṃ avavatthānaṃ. Dhammo hi teneva sabhāvena vijjamāno kasmā kadāci atītoti vuccati kadāci anāgatoti kālassa vavatthānaṃ na siyā. Yo hi dhammo ajāto, so anāgato. Yo jāto na ca niruddho, so paccuppanno. Yo niruddho, so atīto. Idamevettha vattabbaṃ. Yadi yathā vattamānaṃ atthi , tathā atītaṃ anāgatañca atthi, tassa tathā sato ajātatā niruddhatā ca kena hotīti. Teneva hi sabhāvena sato dhammassa kathamidaṃ sijjhati ajātoti vā niruddhoti vā. Kiṃ tassa pubbe nāhosi, yassa abhāvato ajātoti vuccati, kiñca pacchā natthi, yassa abhāvato niruddhoti vuccati. Tasmā sabbathāpi addhattayaṃ na sijjhati, yadi ahutvā saṅgati hutvā ca vinassatīti na sampaṭicchanti. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘saṅkhatalakkhaṇayogato na sassatabhāvappasaṅgo’’ti, tayidaṃ kevalaṃ vācāvatthumattaṃ udayavayāsambhavato, atthi ca nāma sabbadā so dhammo, na ca niccoti kutoyaṃ vācāyutti.
自性恒常存在,却不称为常法;
法与自性无别,啊!善巧于诸法!
显示巴利原文 Sabhāvo sabbadā atthi, nicco dhammo na vuccati; Dhammo sabhāvato nāñño, aho dhammesu kosalaṃ.
至于“凡任何色,过去、未来……”等语,因为说明了过去、未来诸蕴的存在,便主张它们是实有的。对此,我们回答:过去,是曾经存在过的;未来,是当因缘具足时才会存在的。由于这两者都不超越色等的自性,故说为色蕴等。正如因不超越法的自性而称为过去法、未来法,并非因为它们持有自性而存在。有谁曾说过“它如同现在法一般存在”呢?那么,它们如何存在?以过去、未来的自性而存在。然而,这正是你要面对的问题:如果它恒常存在,为何会被称作过去与未来?显示巴利原文
Yañca vuttaṃ ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgata’’ntiādinā atītānāgatānaṃ khandhabhāvassa vuttattā atthevāti, vadāma. Atītaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, anāgataṃ yaṃ sati paccaye bhavissati, tadubhayassapi ruppanādisabhāvānātivattanato rūpakkhandhādibhāvo vutto. Yathādhammasabhāvānātivattanato atītā dhammā anāgatā dhammāti, na dharamānasabhāvatāya. Ko ca evamāha ‘‘paccuppannaṃ viya taṃ atthī’’ti. Kathaṃ panetaṃ atthīti? Atītānāgatasabhāvena. Idaṃ pana taveva upaṭṭhitaṃ, kathaṃ taṃ atītaṃ anāgatañca vuccati, yadi niccakālaṃ atthīti.
至于经中所说“只要那恶业尚未完全耗尽,他便不会死去”(中部3.250),这是就某个相续中已造作、已累积的业,在该相续中所引发的、能产生彼果的能力而说,并非因为过去业以自性而存在。若果真如此,以自性而存在的法,又如何能称为过去?对此,应当这样理解:诸行无而生,生已即灭;在生起之前与灭去之后,全无所安住;由此才可说过去、未来存在。因此说:显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana ‘‘na tāva kālaṃ karoti, yāva na taṃ pāpaṃ byantī hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.250) sutte vuttaṃ, taṃ yasmiñca santāne kammaṃ katūpacitaṃ, tattha tenāhitaṃ taṃphaluppādanasamatthataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na atītassa kammassa dharamānasabhāvattā. Tathā sati sakena bhāvena vijjamānaṃ kathaṃ taṃ atītaṃ nāma siyā. Itthañcetaṃ evaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, yaṃ saṅkhārā ahutvā sambhavanti, hutvā pativenti tesaṃ udayato pubbe vayato ca pacchā na kāci ṭhiti nāma atthi, yato atītānāgataṃ atthīti vucceyya. Tena vuttaṃ –
已坏灭者,无有藏处;未来之中,无有积集;
纵使已生而安住者,亦如针尖上的芥子。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anidhānagatā bhaggā, puñjo natthi anāgate; Uppannā yepi tiṭṭhanti, āragge sāsapūpamā’’ti. (mahāni. 10, 39);
如果未来法在胜义上存在,就不能说‘非有而生’。如果说是在现在时非有而生?不然,因为时间只是法的转起。如果说以自性非有而生,那便成立了‘未来法在胜义上不存在’。至于所谓‘若过去不存在,善不善业在未来如何能生果’,在此,我们并非主张从过去业直接生果,而是由于业已造作,从其引发的殊胜力,于相续中生果。因为世尊曾说:‘欲界善业已作、已积集,异熟眼识生起’(《法集论》431)。若有人主张过去与未来在胜义上存在,那么果报便恒常存在,业的作用力又有何用?若说业能令果生起,那便成立了‘非有而生’。至于所谓‘若过去未来不存在,如何能于彼生起智’,智以彼为所缘,彼便以那种方式存在。如何为所缘?即‘曾存在’和‘将存在’。因为,没有任何人在回忆过去时,是回忆‘它存在’,而是回忆‘它曾存在’。正如领受现在的所缘那样,他回忆过去。又以现在法将存在的方式,佛陀等能了知未来。如果它完全如同现在那样存在,那它就是现在法。如果它不存在,便成立了‘不存在的事物能成为智的所缘’。因为心与心所,无论所缘存在还是不存在,……显示巴利原文
Yadi cānāgataṃ paramatthato siyā, ahutvā sambhavantīti vattuṃ na sakkā. Paccuppannakāle ahutvā sambhavantīti ce? Na, dhammappavattimattattā kālassa. Atha attano sabhāvena ahutvā sambhavantīti, siddhametaṃ anāgataṃ paramatthato natthīti. Yañca vuttaṃ ‘‘asati atīte kusalākusalassa kammassa āyatiṃ phalaṃ kathaṃ bhaveyyā’’ti, na kho panettha atītakammato phaluppatti icchitā, atha kho tassa katattā tadāhitavisesato santānato. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’ti (dha. sa. 431). Yassa pana atītānāgataṃ paramatthato atthi, tassa phalaṃ niccameva atthīti kiṃ tattha kammassa sāmatthiyaṃ. Uppādane ce, siddhamidaṃ ahutvā bhavatīti. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘asati atītānāgate kathaṃ tattha ñāṇaṃ pavatteyyā’’ti, yathā taṃ ālambaṇaṃ, taṃ tathā atthi, kathañca taṃ ālambaṇaṃ, ahosi bhavissati cāti. Na hi koci atītaṃ anussaranto atthīti anussarati, atha kho ahosīti. Yathā pana vattamānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ anubhūtaṃ, tathā taṃ atītaṃ anussarati. Yathā ca vattamānaṃ bhavissati, tathā buddhādīhi gayhati. Yadi ca taṃ tatheva atthi, vattamānameva taṃ siyā. Atha natthi, siddhaṃ ‘‘asantaṃ ñāṇassa ārammaṇaṃ hotī’’ti. Vijjamānaṃ vā hi cittasaññātaṃ avijjamānaṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ etesaṃ atthīti ārammaṇā, cittacetasikā, na vijjamānaṃyeva ārabbha pavattanato, tasmā paccuppannameva dharamānasabhāvaṃ na atītānāgatanti na tiṭṭhati sabbatthivādo. Keci pana ‘‘na atītādīnaṃ atthitāpaṭiññāya sabbatthivādā, atha kho āyatanasabbassa atthitāpaṭiññāyā’’ti vadanti, tesaṃ matena sabbeva sāsanikā sabbatthivādā siyunti.
6. 过去蕴等论显示巴利原文
6. Atītakkhandhādikathā
1. 非经证成论释显示巴利原文
1. Nasuttasādhanakathāvaṇṇanā
297 “过去、未来、现在”,这是依时间差别而区分的世俗称谓,是依诸法的种种特殊状态而施设的。因为,法在其作用刹那为现在,此前为未来,此后为过去,此义已说。在此,虽然诸法因无常而不安住,但如前所述的那些状态是确定的,依此而施设的时间概念也是确定的。并非将过去等当作未来等来称呼,而蕴等概念则不观待时间差别。因为在三时中,色蕴就是色蕴,其余诸蕴、诸处、诸界也是如此。既然如此,由于论敌把‘存在’这一唯属现在的称谓,也应用到过去与未来上,因此他造成了时间的混淆。他将胜义上不存在者当作存在者来称呼。为了辨析此点,而开始了‘过去蕴’等论。显示巴利原文
297. ‘‘Atītaṃ anāgataṃ paccuppanna’’nti ayaṃ kālavibhāgaparicchinno vohāro dhammānaṃ taṃ taṃ avatthāvisesaṃ upādāya paññatto. Dhammo hi sakiccakkhaṇe paccuppanno, tato pubbe anāgato, pacchā atītoti vuttovāyamattho. Tattha yadipi dhammā aniccatāya anavaṭṭhitā, avatthā pana tesaṃ yathāvuttā vavatthitāti tadupādānā kālapaññattipi vavatthitā eva. Na hi atītādi anāgatādibhāvena voharīyati, khandhādipaññatti pana anapekkhitakālavisesā. Tīsupi hi kālesu rūpakkhandho rūpakkhandhova, tathā sesā khandhā āyatanadhātuyo ca. Evamavaṭṭhite yasmā paravādī ‘‘atthī’’ti imaṃ paccuppannaniyataṃ vohāraṃ atītānāgatesupi āropeti, tasmā so addhasaṅkaraṃ karoti. Paramatthato avijjamāne vijjamāne katvā voharatīti tato vivecetuṃ ‘‘atītaṃ khandhā’’tiādikā ayaṃ kathā āraddhā.
然而,由于将具有被损害等自性、且在过去等分类上各异的诸法总括为一,依其聚集之义而施设了蕴的概念;依于眼与色等中的因缘等义及空性之义,而施设了处与界的概念,因此,此概念通于三时,不像过去等概念那样以特定时间为所依,故说“由于不舍弃蕴等之状态,过去与未来(亦称为蕴等)”。而其他论者,如同对过去等之蕴等一样,从自性法的角度认知这些(过去未来法),便承认其“存在”,故说“对于希望过去与未来存在者”。此处其余应说者,皆如前文所述之理。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana ruppanādisabhāve atītādibhedabhinne dhamme ekajjhaṃ gahetvā tattha rāsaṭṭhaṃ upādāya khandhapaññatti, cakkhurūpādīsu kāraṇādiatthaṃ suññataṭṭhañca upādāya āyatanapaññatti dhātupaññatti ca, tasmā sā addhattayasādhāraṇā, na atītādipaññatti viya addhavisesādhiṭṭhānāti āha ‘‘khandhādibhāvāvijahanato atītānāgatāna’’nti. Te panete atītādike khandhādike viya sabhāvadhammato sañjānanto paravādī ‘‘atthī’’ti paṭijānātīti āha ‘‘atītānāgatānaṃ atthitaṃ icchantassā’’ti. Sesamettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva.
“诸比丘,有三种言说路”这部经,即《言说路经》。经中唯说现在法为有,未说过去、未来为有,故言“因遮止存在性而说”。若尔,“诸比丘,涅槃是存在”一语又当作何解?彼为显示无为法恒常自性,依一切时皆可证得而说;而此处为显示有为诸法具三刹那,其存在既不在前、亦不在后,故说“诸比丘,凡色……其体将无有”。由此,依不执取“存在”之共称,显明过去、未来于胜义中为无。依此理趣,即依“不舍离蕴等状态”等所说之理。此处,“理趣”即证成之道。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tayome, bhikkhave, niruttipathā’’ti suttaṃ niruttipathasuttaṃ. Tattha hi paccuppannasseva atthibhāvo vutto, na atītānāgatānaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘atthitāya vāritattā’’ti. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, nibbāna’’nti idaṃ kathanti? Taṃ sabbadā upaladdhito vuttaṃ niccasabhāvañāpanatthaṃ asaṅkhatadhammassa, idha pana saṅkhatadhammānaṃ khaṇattayasamaṅgitāya atthibhāvo na tato pubbe pacchā cāti paññāpanatthaṃ ‘‘yaṃ, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ…pe… na tassa saṅkhā bhavissatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Etena ‘‘atthī’’ti samaññāya anupādānato atītaṃ anāgataṃ paramatthato natthīti dassitaṃ hoti. Imināvūpāyenāti ‘‘khandhādibhāvāvijahanato’’ti evaṃ vuttena hetunā. Upapattisādhanayutti hi idha ‘‘upāyo’’ti vuttā.
2. 经证成论释显示巴利原文
2. Suttasādhanakathāvaṇṇanā
298 “这些法”指这些蕴、处、界诸法。“引经”指援引《言说路经》。“非彼”指非过去、未来法。显示巴利原文
298.Ete dhammāti ete khandhaāyatanadhātudhammā. Suttāharaṇanti niruttipathasuttāharaṇaṃ. Nesanti atītānāgatānaṃ.
7. 一分有论显示巴利原文
7. Ekaccaṃatthītikathā
1. 过去等一分有论释显示巴利原文
1. Atītādiekaccakathāvaṇṇanā
299 已造作积集的善、不善法,若尚未获得与果之缘,以及已获缘而称为“得缘而生”者,连同果报尚在成熟中的诸法——凡此皆应知为“未受果者”。他宗论师依“其与果能力尚未消失”之意趣,许此诸法为存在。然于他宗,凡彻底已受果的善、不善法,其能力既灭,则许为不存在。是故有云:“存在者,一分存在、一分不存在”等。为显:于作此许的他宗,犹如未受果法中有一分不存在,于已受果及未受果法中亦然,故以“未受果之法,一分……”等展开教典。由此而有“依三种类别”等语。所言“依世俗言说”,指依果之相续不断而作世俗言说;然而,此人执取“因之作用无间、无断而存在”之见,故当受责。盖他宗于世俗上,许彼从不断灭而转起的果相续为存在;而彼果之因——业,于胜义中,且复因彼为“业集论者”,遂计执一不与心相应、不可坏灭的单一有为之法,名为“业集”,犹如说已得、未得自性等,而此亦为彼之同义语。他宗即就此义而说。显示巴利原文
299. Ye katūpacitā kusalākusalā dhammā vipākadānāya akatokāsā, katokāsā ca ye ‘‘okāsakatuppannā’’ti vuccanti. Ye ca vippakatavipākā, te sabbepi ‘‘avipakkavipākā’’ti veditabbā. Tesaṃ vipākadānasāmatthiyaṃ anapagatanti adhippāyena paravādī atthitaṃ icchati. Ye pana paravādī sabbena sabbaṃ vipakkavipākā kusalākusalā dhammā, tesaṃ apagatanti natthitaṃ icchati. Tenāha ‘‘atthīti ekaccaṃ atthi ekaccaṃ natthī’’tiādi. Evaṃ icchantassa pana paravādino yathā avipākesupi ekaccaṃ natthīti āpajjati, evaṃ vipakkavipākesu avipakkavipākesu ca āpajjatevāti dassetuṃ ‘‘avipakkavipākā dhammā ekacce’’tiādinā pāḷi pavattā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ rāsīnaṃ vasenā’’tiādi. Vohāravasenāti phalassa anuparamavohāravasena, hetukiccaṃ pana anuparataṃ anupacchinnaṃ atthīti laddhiyaṃ ṭhitattā codetabbova. Avicchedavasena pavattamānañhi phalassa pabandhavohāraṃ paravādī vohārato atthīti icchati, hetu panassa kammaṃ paramatthato ca kammūpacayavādibhāvato pattiappattisabhāvatādayo viya cittavippayutto kammūpacayo nāma eko saṅkhāradhammo avipanno, sopi tasseva vevacananti paravādī. Yaṃ sandhāyāha –
‘‘Nappacayanti kammāni, api kappasahassato; Patvā paccayasāmaggiṃ, kāle paccanti pāṇina’’nti.
关于这一点,在后文讨论受用所成福时,将说:“然而,他依‘受用所成福不与心相应而生起’的见解而承许。”显示巴利原文
Yañca sandhāya parato paribhogamayapuññakathāya ‘‘paribhogamayaṃ pana cittavippayuttaṃ uppajjatīti laddhiyā paṭijānātī’’ti vakkhati.
八、“念处之论”的注释显示巴利原文
8. Satipaṭṭhānakathāvaṇṇanā
301 以“是胜义念处”:由此指出,唯有出世间的正念,且为道支所摄的正念,才以了义的方式具足念处之义,因为它是导向出离的;而另一种(世间正念)则是以不了义的方式。由于道果的正念也具有作为法随念的不了义层面,故说“是世间与出世间念处集合体的”。这是指念的集合,而非念的所缘。为了破斥“念的所缘即是念处”之执,圣典中举出“眼处是念处”等。由是而说“依一切法的分别提问而说”。应知在经证中,第一说依世间念处,第二说依世间与出世间的混合,第三说依出世间而显示。显示巴利原文
301.Paramatthasatipaṭṭhānattāti etena lokuttarāya eva sammāsatiyā tatthāpi maggabhūtāya nippariyāyena satipaṭṭhānabhāvo niyyānikattā itarāya pariyāyenāti dasseti. Maggaphalasammāsatiyā dhammānussatibhāvapariyāyo atthīti ‘‘lokiyalokuttarasatipaṭṭhānasamudāyabhūtassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Satisamudāyabhūtassa na satigocarabhūtassāti adhippāyo. Satigocarassa hi satipaṭṭhānataṃ codetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘cakkhāyatanaṃ satipaṭṭhāna’’nti āraddhaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbadhammānaṃ pabhedapucchāvasena vutta’’nti. Suttasādhanāyaṃ pana paṭhamaṃ lokiyasatipaṭṭhānavasena, dutiyaṃ missakavasena, tatiyaṃ lokuttaravasena dassitanti veditabbaṃ.
九、Hevatthi论注释显示巴利原文
9. Hevatthikathāvaṇṇanā
304 在“确实有”的讨论中,其他论者所提出的“一切法以自性存在,以他性不存在”的论说,如同不应以分别或反问的方式记说一样,由于没有差别,也不应以一向的方式记说,它只属于应搁置的一类,基于此意趣而说“以不可记说之答”。正如一切论说皆有反论,如此承认“此是真实之说”乃不可记说,应被舍置;同样,此论也是如此,应知。故说“应被舍置”。或者,“不可记说之答”意为不可说的回答。如同对无常论者而言,“无常”一词是因缘所生,故答言不可说,因为那是证明已成立之事;在此也应如此看待。因为证明已成立之事,犹如燃烧已燃之物,是毫无意义的。而在义注中,由于其他论者以“某法以某自性存在,若离开对时间差别等的执取,便以该自性不存在”来确立,故说“由于不如理地确立”。显示巴利原文
304. Hevatthikathāyaṃ ‘‘sabbo dhammo sakabhāvena atthi parabhāvena natthī’’ti pavatto paravādīvādo yathā vibhajja paṭipucchā vā na byākātabbo, evaṃ ekaṃsato na byākātabbo visesābhāvato, kevalaṃ ṭhapanīyapakkhe tiṭṭhatīti adhippāyenāha ‘‘avattabbuttarenā’’ti. Yathā hi sabbe vādā sappaṭivādāvāti paṭiññā bhūtakathanattā avattabbuttarā upekkhitabbā, evamayampīti veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘upekkhitabbenā’’ti. Atha vā avattabbaṃ uttaraṃ avattabbuttaraṃ. Yathā aniccavādinaṃ pati anicco saddo paccayādhīnavuttitoti, uttaraṃ na vattabbaṃ siddhasādhanabhāvato, evaṃ idhāpi daṭṭhabbaṃ. Siddhasādhanañhi daḍḍhassa ḍahanasadisattā niratthakameva siyā, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yasmā paravādinā yena sabhāvena yo dhammo atthi, teneva sabhāvena so vinā kālabhedādiparāmasanena natthīti patiṭṭhāpīyati, tasmā ‘‘ayoniso patiṭṭhāpitattā’’ti vuttaṃ.
在此,当异论者承认“或许有,或许无”时,正如他承认了色等依自性与他性而有,同样地,他也承认了依时间、处所等差别而有。因此他说:“过去不存在于未来、现在的方式中,或者未来、现在不存在于过去等方式中。”如此,便显明了裸形外道的观点。因为他们以“或许有,或许无,或许亦有亦无”等方式,在一切句义上随其所适而承认。其中,如果“不存在”是指事物自性本身不存在,或者依处所、时间、相续而不存在,那么这只是证明已成立之事,因为自宗论者也是如此承认的。因为,某一法的自性,不会以异于此的方式被认知。如果被认知为不同,那便成了别的事物。而且,这里不应以共相为例,因为这里指的是自相,而自相的不存在是没有的。正如依他性而不存在并无争论,依处所、时间的差异也是如此,因为诸行是刹那性的。诸行并不转移到处所的不同或时间的不同,因为它们是刹那生灭的。应知由此也从另一角度破斥了“不存在”。正如“有”与“无”若不依时间差别,则因相互矛盾而不能在同一法上成立,同样地,它们在任何时候也不能成立为恒常。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘hevatthi, hevaṃ natthī’’ti paṭijānantena paravādinā yathā saparabhāvehi rūpādīnaṃ atthitā paṭiññātā, evaṃ kāladesādibhedehipi sā paṭiññātā eva. Tenevāha ‘‘atītaṃ anāgatapaccuppannavasena, anāgatapaccuppannāni vā atītādivasena natthī’’ti. Evaṃ sati nigaṇṭhācelakavādo paridīpito siyā. Te hi ‘‘siyā atthi, siyā natthi, siyā atthi ca natthi cā’’tiādinā sabbapadatthesu pattabhāge paṭijānanti. Tattha yadi vatthuno sabhāveneva, desakālasantānavasena vā natthitā adhippetā, taṃ siddhasādhanaṃ sakavādinopi icchitattā. Yassa hi dhammassa yo sabhāvo, na so tato aññathā upalabbhati. Yadi upalabbheyya, añño eva so siyā. Na cettha sāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ nidassetabbaṃ salakkhaṇassa adhippetattā tassa natthibhāvassa abhāvato. Yathā ca parabhāvena natthitāya na vivādo, evaṃ desakālantaresupi ittarakālattā saṅkhārānaṃ. Na hi saṅkhārā desantaraṃ, kālantaraṃ vā saṅkamanti khaṇikabhāvato. Eteneva pariyāyantarena natthitāpi paṭikkhittā veditabbā. Yathā ca atthitā, natthitā vinā kālabhedena ekasmiṃ dhamme patiṭṭhaṃ na labhanti aññamaññaviruddhattā, evaṃ sabbadāpi niccattā.
然而,他们这样说:“如同黄金以手镯等形态存在,转变成宝珠等形态,因此既是常也是无常。因为黄金不舍离金性,故为常;舍离手镯等形态,故为无常。一切法也是如此。”对此,应这样反问他们:“手镯性是属于手镯的,还是属于黄金的?”如果属于手镯,那么它应不观待黄金,如同与它不同的其他事物。如果属于黄金,那么它应在一切时中于黄金上被认知,如同金性一样。而且,不能说二者是同一体性,因为手镯坏灭时,黄金并不坏灭。如果认为:“黄金与手镯等是能诠与所诠的关系,因此没有这个过失。”正如手镯这一能诠灭去、宝珠这一能诠生起时,所诠依然如故地存在;同样,人的能诠灭去、天的能诠生起时,所诠的命物依然存在,因此既是常也是无常,一切事物也是如此。这就像问芒果却回答面包果一样。如果他说“这本身就是常、无常”,在某处承认常性,在另一处承认无常性,却又主张能诠与所诠没有差异,那么,能诠也应成为常,因为与所诠无差异,如同所诠的自性;或者,所诠也应成为无常,因为与能诠无差异,如同能诠的自性。如果主张它们既非一也非异,那么也无法免于上述两种过失。再者……”},{显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana te vadanti ‘‘yathā suvaṇṇaṃ kaṭakādirūpena ṭhitaṃ rucakādibhāvaṃ āpajjatīti niccāniccaṃ. Tañhi suvaṇṇabhāvāvijahanato niccaṃ kaṭakādibhāvahānito aniccaṃ, evaṃ sabbadhammā’’ti. Te idaṃ vattabbā ‘‘kiṃ kaṭakabhāvo kaṭakassa, udāhu suvaṇṇassā’’ti. Yadi kaṭakassa, suvaṇṇanirapekkho siyā tadaññabhāvo viya. Atha suvaṇṇassa, niccakālaṃ tattha upalabbheyya suvaṇṇabhāvo viya. Na ca sakkā ubhinnaṃ ekabhāvoti vattuṃ kaṭakavināsepi suvaṇṇāvināsato. Atha mataṃ, suvaṇṇakaṭakādīnaṃ pariyāyīpariyāyabhāvato nāyaṃ dosoti. Yathā hi kaṭakapariyāyanirodhena rucakapariyāyuppādepi pariyāyī tatheva tiṭṭhati, evaṃ manussapariyāyanirodhe devapariyāyuppādepi pariyāyī jīvadrabyaṃ tiṭṭhatīti niccāniccaṃ, tathā sabbadrabyānīti. Tayidaṃ ambaṃ puṭṭhassa labujabyākaraṇaṃ. Yaṃ sveva nicco aniccoti vā vadanto aññattha niccataṃ aññattha aniccataṃ paṭijānāti, atha pariyāyapariyāyīnaṃ anaññatā icchitā, evaṃ sati pariyāyopi nicco siyā pariyāyino anaññattā pariyāyasarūpaṃ viya, pariyāyī vā anicco pariyāyato anaññattā pariyāyasarūpaṃ viyāti. Atha nesaṃ aññā anaññatā, evañca sati vuttadosadvayānativatti. Apica koyaṃ pariyāyo nāma, yadi saṇṭhānaṃ, suvaṇṇo tāva hotu, kathaṃ jīvadrabye arūpibhāvato. Yadi tassapi saṇṭhānavantaṃ icchitaṃ, tathā satissa ekasmimpi sattasantāne bahutā āpajjati sarūpatā ca saṇṭhānavantesupi pīḷakādīsu tathādassanato. Atha pavattiviseso, evampi bahutā khaṇikatā ca āpajjati, tasmā pariyāyasarūpameva tāva patiṭṭhapetabbaṃ.
至于所说的“黄金以手镯等形态存在”,在此,当通过具备相应条件而被认知的、各别的色、香、味、触之中,哪一个是黄金?或者是它们的集合?或者是依它们而假立的另一法?其中,首先,色等中的每一个都不是黄金,因为不能成就黄金的作用;也不是依它们而假立的另一法,因为那样的东西不存在。如果是集合,那只是假名而已,因此它既不是常,也不是无常。正如黄金如此,手镯也只是假名而已。因此,这个譬喻对于论敌来说,恰恰证明了命物也只是假名,哪里还有它的常与无常呢?不必再过多戏论了。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘suvaṇṇaṃ kaṭakādirūpena ṭhita’’nti, tattha sampattiyogato viññāyamānesu visiṭṭhesu rūpagandharasaphoṭṭhabbesu kiṃ ekaṃ, udāhu tesaṃ samudāyo, tabbinimuttaṃ vā dhammantaraṃ suvaṇṇanti? Tattha na tāva rūpādīsu ekekaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ tena suvaṇṇakiccāsiddhito, nāpi tabbinimuttaṃ dhammantaraṃ tādisassa abhāvato. Atha samudāyo, taṃ pana paññattimattanti na tassa niccatā, nāpi aniccatā sambhavati. Yathā ca suvaṇṇassa, evaṃ kaṭakassapi paññattimattattāti. Tayidaṃ nidassanaṃ paravādino jīvadrabyassapi paññattimattaṃ tasseva sādhetīti kuto tassa niccāniccatāti alamatippapañcena.
2. 第二品显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyavaggo
一、他者伤害论注释显示巴利原文
1. Parūpahāravaṇṇanā
307 因为仅是伏断贪欲者,对于未伏断贪欲者而言,由于增上慢而不可能有正知,所以“正知入于睡眠”是就增上慢者来说的,这是意趣所在。所谓“增上慢者”,这是依过去世的习惯而说的,因此说“应是指先前的增上慢者”。显示巴利原文
307.Vikkhambhitarāgāva avikkhambhitarāgānaṃ adhimānikatāya asambhavatoti yāva adhimānikaṃ, tāva sampajānā niddaṃ okkamantīti adhippāyo. ‘‘Adhimānikāna’’nti idaṃ bhūtapubbagatiyā vuttanti āha ‘‘adhimānikapubbā adhippetā siyu’’nti.
308 当能导致执取疑惑的原因被宣说时,它以“来吧,喂”来策励他人,基于此意趣,故说“在原因之义上是合理的”。而对于执取疑惑的确定,同样是以“来吧,喂”来策励他人,故而说“在言语依止之义上”。显示巴利原文
308. Yaṃ vimatigāhakāraṇaṃ vuccamānaṃ, taṃ ‘‘handa hī’’ti paraṃ jotetīti adhippāyenāha ‘‘kāraṇattheti yutta’’nti. Vimatigāhassa pana nicchitataṃ ‘‘handa hī’’ti paraṃ jotetīti vuttaṃ ‘‘vacasāyatthe’’ti.
五、语破论注释显示巴利原文
5. Vacībhedakathāvaṇṇanā
326 “他”是指证得初道者。因为有人错误地理解了“远离尘垢、离诸秽恶的法眼生起:‘任何集起之法,彼一切皆是灭尽之法’”这句经文的含义,便认为在道刹那,由于生灭随观的果报,观智亦现起为“苦”,所以他们批评说:“他只说‘苦’这样的言语。”显示巴利原文
326.Soti paṭhamamaggaṭṭho. Tasmāti yasmā ‘‘virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi ‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’’nti suttassa atthaṃ aññathā gahetvā udayabbayānupassanānissandena maggakkhaṇepi dukkhanti vipassanā upaṭṭhāti, tasmā ‘‘so dukkhamicceva vācaṃ bhāsatī’’ti vadanti.
328 “于所欲之处”是指为论敌所认可之处。“被确立”是指通过推理论择而令该义得以成立时,方为合理;然而,若是在言语生起的刹那之后才听到该声音,则于所欲之处便不合理,因为耳识是以现在为所缘——这是意趣所在。不过,由于自己发出的声音自己也能听到,因此应知注释书中所说的“耳识即是依彼而闻声”之义。显示巴利原文
328.Icchiteti paravādinā sampaṭicchite. Āropiteti yuttiniddhāraṇena tasmiṃ atthe patiṭṭhāpite yujjati, vacīsamuṭṭhāpanakkhaṇato pana pacchā taṃ saddaṃ suṇātīti icchite na yujjati sotaviññāṇassa paccuppannārammaṇattāti adhippāyo. Yasmā pana attanā nicchāritaṃ saddaṃ attanāpi suṇāti, tasmā sotaviññāṇaṃ ‘‘yena taṃ saddaṃ suṇātī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
332 “出世间道刹那”,指初禅者初道之刹那。当引用《阿毗浮经》时,应说明其意趣,以此显示该引证并不相关。因此说“所以不能成立”。显示巴利原文
332.Lokuttaramaggakkhaṇeti paṭhamajjhānikassa paṭhamamaggassa khaṇe. Abhibhūsuttāharaṇe adhippāyo vattabboti etena tadāharaṇassa asambandhataṃ dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘tasmā asādhaka’’nti.
七、心住论注释显示巴利原文
7. Cittaṭṭhitikathāvaṇṇanā
335 “如是,‘一心住立尽寿’”,是依所说方式而言。“异处”,指在无色有之外的其他处。“以此”,即依“在无色界中唯有一心住立,尽寿住立”这样的说法者,也应看到第二种半释:第一种说法中关于长时间住立的说法,其实只是对存在的阐明,这是其意趣。“前一种”,是指在“尽寿住立”这一问题之前的一种。因为在那里,对于“住立百年”的提问,以“是的”给予了认可;而在后一种中,对于“人们的一心尽寿住立”,则以“不应这样说”予以驳斥。应当阐明其不矛盾之处:即在那里(前一种中)给予了认可,而在后一种中则没有,这是其意趣。而“百年等”中的“等”字,不仅包含了“二百年”等,还应理解为也包含了“一心住立一日”等。“‘刹那刹那生起’这个问题,被说成好像是自宗论师所问”,这一点应当审察。“刹那刹那生起”这个问题是对方论师的。而“具有生灭法”等,依据经文之义,其承认是自宗论师的,这是所说的。显示巴利原文
335.Evanti ‘‘ekacittaṃ yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti vuttākārena. Aññatthāti arūpabhavato aññasmiṃ. Etenāti ‘‘ekameva cittaṃ āruppe tiṭṭhati , yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti evaṃvādinā dutiyāpi aḍḍhakathā passitabbā paṭhamakathāya cirakālāvaṭṭhānavacanassa aññadatthu bhāvavibhāvanatoti adhippāyo. Purimāyāti ‘‘yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti pañhato purimāya. Tattha hi ‘‘vassasataṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti pucchāya ‘‘āmantā’’ti anuññā katā, pacchimāyaṃ pana ‘‘manussānaṃ ekaṃ cittaṃ yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti ‘‘na hevaṃ vattabbe’’ti paṭikkhepo kato. Avirodho vibhāvetabbo, yato tattheva anuññā katā, na pacchāti adhippāyo . Vassasatādīti ca ādi-saddena na kevalaṃ ‘‘dve vassasatānī’’ti evamādiyeva saṅgahitaṃ, atha kho ‘‘ekaṃ cittaṃ divasaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti evamādipīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Muhuttaṃ muhuttaṃ uppajjatīti pañho sakavādinā pucchito viya vutto’’ti idaṃ vicāretabbaṃ. ‘‘Muhuttaṃ muhuttaṃ uppajjatī’’ti pañho paravādissa. ‘‘Uppādavayadhammino’’tiādisuttatthavasena paṭiññā sakavādissāti hi vuttaṃ.
九、次第现观论注释显示巴利原文
9. Anupubbābhisamayakathāvaṇṇanā
339 “他承认‘这四种智就是同一个入流道’”,是针对此而说“或者”等。四种智,即苦智等四种智。说它们是同一个道,是因为入流道等是同一个道的缘故。因为即使这些智是次第生起的,但由于它们成就了各个道的作用,实际上就是同一个道,这是其意趣。因此说“他承认……是单一道路”。显示巴利原文
339. ‘‘Tāni vā cattāripi ñāṇāni eko sotāpattimaggoyevāti paṭijānātī’’ti imaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘atha vā’’tiādi. Catunnaṃ ñāṇānanti dukkheñāṇādīnaṃ catunnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ. Ekamaggabhāvatoti sotāpattiādiekamaggabhāvato. Kamena pavattamānānipi hi tāni ñāṇāni taṃtaṃmaggakiccassa sādhanato ekoyeva maggo hotīti adhippāyo. Tenāha ‘‘ekamaggassa…pe… paṭijānātī’’ti.
344 344.“示现”者,即指道的示现。显示巴利原文
344.Dassaneti maggadassane.
345 345. 由于法住具有因果性,法住无碍解或可成为须陀洹果的因,其余无碍解则非如此,故说“词无碍解……应当审察”。然而,一切无碍解作为证得初果的因,都应审察,因为它们如同诸果,是通过证得道而获得的。因此,在此“以八种智”之处,依《安置品》中所说方式,以苦等智与过去等智来说明“以八种智”,似乎是合理的。显示巴利原文
345. Dhammatthānaṃ hetuphalabhāvato dhammatthapaṭisambhidānaṃ siyā sotāpattiphalahetutā, tadabhāvato na itarapaṭisambhidānanti āha ‘‘nirutti…pe… vicāretabba’’nti. Sabbāsampi pana paṭisambhidānaṃ paṭhamaphalasacchikiriyāhetutā vicāretabbā maggādhigameneva laddhabbattā phalānaṃ viya, tasmā ‘‘aṭṭhahi ñāṇehī’’ti ettha nikkhepakaṇḍe āgatanayena dukkhādiñāṇānaṃ pubbantādiñāṇānañca vasena ‘‘aṭṭhahi ñāṇehī’’ti yuttaṃ viya dissati.
10. 《世俗言说论注释》显示巴利原文
10. Vohārakathāvaṇṇanā
347 347. “于境与有境”,是就色、眼等而说。因它们属于色蕴,故绝对是世间法。“唯是境”,是指唯是声音。因声音可被言说且能作言说,故于圣典中称为“言说”。这里并没有理由(说境与有境是出世间),因为有境与境都不以漏等为所缘。其意趣是:对于你来说,由于未证得出世间法者绝对是有漏的,所以那声处如何能是出世间呢?显示巴利原文
347.Visayavisayīsūti rūpacakkhādike sandhāyāha. Te hi rūpakkhandhapariyāpannattā ekantena lokiyā. Visayassevāti saddasseva. So hi voharitabbato vohārakaraṇatāya ca ‘‘vohāro’’ti pāḷiyaṃ vutto. Natthettha kāraṇaṃ visayīnaṃ visayassapi āsavādianārammaṇatābhāvato. Asiddhalokuttarabhāvassa ekantasāsavattā tassa saddāyatanassa yathā lokuttaratā tava matenāti adhippāyo.
『应被触击』,这是一种假设性的说法。假设性的说法并不真实,因此说『因为水……并不存在』。因为将水假设为火,它并不能燃烧或烹煮。这里应当了知理由的非决定性:是以世间智所应知故,是如同色处等那样为世间法呢?还是如同所观察的道等那样为出世间法呢?因此说『由于在世间和出世间中都有可能』。显示巴利原文
Paṭihaññeyyāti idaṃ parikappavacanaṃ. Parikappavacanañca ayāthāvanti āha ‘‘na hi…pe… atthī’’ti. Na hi jalaṃ analanti parikappitaṃ dahati pacati vā. Kiṃ lokiyena ñāṇena jānitabbato lokiyo rūpāyatanādi viya, udāhu lokuttaro paccavekkhiyamānamaggādi viyāti evamettha hetussa anekantabhāvo veditabbo. Tenāha ‘‘lokiye lokuttare ca sambhavato’’ti.
11. 《灭论注释》显示巴利原文
11. Nirodhakathāvaṇṇanā
353 353.『哪两种』,是指哪两种苦谛。『以两种灭』,是指以称为无思择灭和思择灭的两种灭。其中,对苦等的思择名为思择,是一种殊胜的智慧。由此而应说的灭,是思择灭。那种被称为与有漏法离系,以及由于因缘欠缺而成为诸法生起的究竟障碍的灭,因为它不是由思择而可说的,所以名为无思择灭,这是对方论师的执见。『无思择而灭』,是就因缘欠缺而不生起而言。因此说『不是生起后坏灭』。因为不生起也被称为灭,正如在『此生故彼生』的缘相教示的逆序中,所示『此灭故彼灭』。因此,这里不意指思择灭和刹那灭。显示巴利原文
353.Yesaṃ dvinnanti yesaṃ dvinnaṃ dukkhasaccānaṃ. Dvīhi nirodhehīti appaṭisaṅkhāpaṭisaṅkhāsaṅkhātehi dvīhi nirodhehi. Tattha dukkhādīnaṃ paṭisaṅkhāti paṭisaṅkhā, paññāviseso. Tena vattabbo nirodho paṭisaṅkhānirodho. Yo sāsavehi dhammehi visaṃyogoti vuccati, yo paccayavekallena dhammānaṃ uppādassa accantavibandhabhūto nirodho, so paṭisaṅkhāya navattabbato appaṭisaṅkhānirodho nāmāti paravādino laddhi. Paṭisaṅkhāya vinā niruddhāti paccayavekallena anuppattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘na uppajjitvā bhaṅgā’’ti. Anuppādopi hi nirodhoti vuccati yato ‘‘imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjatī’’ti lakkhaṇuddesassa paṭilome ‘‘imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhatī’’ti dassito. Tenāti paṭisaṅkhāya nirodhassa khaṇikanirodhassa ca idha nādhippetattā.
3. 第三品显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyavaggo
1. 力论注释显示巴利原文
1. Balakathāvaṇṇanā
354 354.『从广说而言』,是指以『这是不可能的,没有机会的』等方式所详述的类别。然而,因为那是详细的,所以说『从详细而言』。一切烦恼障等,以及依各自生起行相的差别而说的一切行相。因为『一切』是从自性上把握,『从一切行相而言』是从生起行相的差别上。因为世尊在认知诸法时,毫无遗漏地认知它们的行相差别。如所说:『一切法以一切行相,现于佛陀世尊的智门前。』『从略说而言』,是从一部分而言。而一部分不是详细,所以说『简要而言』。『如其了知』,这是关联。『即使仅以略说』,是指即使仅以对见、如实智等分类的意乐等的略说。因此说『是就仅了知诸根的利钝状态而说』。『长老』,是指阿那律长老。『正是如此』,是指以略说时仅了知处所等的方式。这个意义也是自宗论师所期望的,因此说『他如何应被责难呢?』显示巴利原文
354.Niddesatoti ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso’’tiādinā niddiṭṭhappakārato. So pana yasmā vitthāro hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘vitthārato’’ti. Sabbaṃ kilesāvaraṇādiṃ, tameva paccekaṃ pavattiākārabhedato sabbākāraṃ. ‘‘Sabba’’nti hi idaṃ sarūpato gahaṇaṃ, ‘‘sabbākārato’’ti pavattiākārabhedato. Bhagavā hi dhamme jānanto tesaṃ ākārabhede anavasesetvāva jānāti. Yathāha ‘‘sabbe dhammā sabbākārato buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchantī’’ti (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. mogharājamāṇavapucchāniddesa 85; paṭi. ma. 3.5). Uddesatoti ekadesato. Ekadeso ca vitthāro na hotīti āha ‘‘saṅkhepato’’ti. Yathā jānantīti sambandho. Uddesamattenapīti diṭṭhigatayathābhūtañāṇādippabhedānaṃ āsayādīnaṃ uddesamattenapi. Tenāha ‘‘indriyānaṃ tikkhamudubhāvajānanamattaṃ sandhāyā’’ti. Therenāti anuruddhattherena. Evamevāti uddesato ṭhānādimattajānanākāreneva. Svāyamattho sakavādināpi icchitoyevāti āha ‘‘kathamayaṃ codetabbo siyā’’ti.
356 “在其余中”:指在根上下智之外的其余诸智中。“驳斥”:指对不共性的驳斥。针对“难道其余诸智也没有不共性吗?”的非难,而说“处所……这是意趣”。显示巴利原文
356.Sesesūti indriyaparopariyattañāṇato sesesu. Paṭikkhepoti asādhāraṇatāpaṭikkhepo. Nanu ca sesānaṃ asādhāraṇatāpi atthīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘ṭhānā…pe… adhippāyo’’ti.
二、圣者论注释显示巴利原文
2. Ariyantikathāvaṇṇanā
357 “对于诸行而承认者”:指称那些对于以邪见构想的有情为空的行,当被问及“你是否作意空性?”时,答“是的”而承认的人。这是说:对于那些依所说之方法,作意空性的处非处之行,二触的和合如何发生呢?意趣在此。“依所说的方法”:即依“以邪见构想的有情为空,五蕴为空”这一所说的方法。或者,“依所说的方法”是指依“处非处作意以诸行为所缘,空性作意以涅槃为所缘”这样所说的方法。由于提到了“对于诸行而承认者”,所以提问“二触的和合如何发生”。即使就“以有情为空”的意义上的空而言,诸行的处非处作意是一回事,空性作意是另一回事,因此,“二触和合发生”的非难是合理的;然而,对于承认诸行者,如何成就圣性、处非处智等,是应当审察的。何必作这种理证思惟?因为外道的论说就像疯子的箩筐。在其他类似场合,也适用同样的方法。所谓的“增益”,是指把男女等相,或本不存在的有情相,增益到色等所取蕴之上。在此,“非实增益”即是“愿求”的意思。因此说“以构想故”。这“愿求”便是如所说那般。即使只在单一蕴上也是如此。显示巴利原文
357.Saṅkhāresandhāya paṭijānantassāti diṭṭhiyā parikappitena sattena suññe saṅkhāre sandhāya ‘‘suññatañca manasi karotī’’ti pucchāya ‘‘āmantā’’ti paṭijānantassa. Dvinnaṃ phassānaṃ samodhānaṃ kathaṃ āpajjati ṭhānāṭhānabhūte saṅkhāre vuttanayena suññataṃ manasi karontassāti adhippāyo. Yathāvuttanayenāti ‘‘diṭṭhiyā parikappitena sattena suññā pañcakkhandhā’’ti pakārena nayena. Atha vā yathāvuttanayenāti ‘‘ṭhānāṭhānamanasikāro saṅkhārārammaṇo, suññatāmanasikāro nibbānārammaṇo’’ti evaṃ vuttanayena. ‘‘Saṅkhāre sandhāya paṭijānantassā’’ti vuttattā ‘‘dvinnaṃ phassānaṃ samodhānaṃ kathaṃ āpajjatī’’ti āha. Sattasuññatāya suññattepi saṅkhārānaṃ aññova ṭhānāṭhānamanasikāro, añño suññatāmanasikāroti yujjateva dvinnaṃ phassānaṃ samodhānāpatticodanā, saṅkhāre sandhāya paṭijānantassa pana kathaṃ ariyabhāvasiddhi ṭhānāṭhānañāṇādīnanti vicāretabbaṃ. Kiṃ vā etāya yutticintāya. Ummattakapacchisadiso hi paravādivādo. Aññesupi ṭhānesu īdisesu eseva nayo. Āropetvāti itthipurisādiākāraṃ, sattākārameva vā asantaṃ rūpādiupādāne āropetvā. Abhūtāropanañhettha paṇidahananti adhippetaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘parikappanavasenā’’ti. Soti yathāvutto paṇidhi. Ekasmimpi khandhe.
四、正解脱者论注释显示巴利原文
4. Vimuccamānakathāvaṇṇanā
366 “在道刹那,心一部分解脱、一部分未解脱”,这是执取“已解脱的正在解脱”这一邪见所产生的过失。正如所说:“一部分解脱,一部分未解脱”。注释书中也已指出此义:“因为那时,他通过正断解脱,已解脱了一部分,却称之为正在解脱者——这是他的邪见”。“未完成表述”是指解脱作用尚未完成的表述。对此而说:“因为以未完成的状态,却说‘已解脱的正在解脱’”。此由他(外道)所说。“正在解脱……已说”:因为正在解脱者并没有已解脱的状态,但依解脱的差别而那样说,这是其意趣。当出现过失时,应引入“未完成表述”来结合理解。有一部分成为其特征,因为无余解脱并未中断。所谓“以果心”,是指以所生起的初果心。显示巴利原文
366. Maggakkhaṇe cittaṃ ekadesena vimuttaṃ ekadesena avimuttanti ayaṃ ‘‘vimuttaṃ vimuccamāna’’nti laddhiyā doso. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘ekadesaṃ vimuttaṃ, ekadesaṃ avimutta’’nti. Aṭṭhakathāyañca ‘‘tañhi tadā samucchedavimuttiyā vimuttekadesena vimuccamānantissa laddhī’’ti dassitovāyamattho. Vippakataniddeseti vimuccanakiriyāya apariyositatāniddese. Yaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘vimuttaṃ vimuccamānanti vippakatabhāvena vuttattā’’ti. Tenāti paravādinā. Vimucca…pe… vuttaṃ vimuccamānassa vimuttabhāvābhāvato, vimuttabhedena pana tathā vuttanti adhippāyo. Sati ca dose vippakataniddeseti ānetvā yojetabbaṃ. Ekadeso visesanaṃ hoti nippadesavimuttiyā avicchinnato. Phalacittenāti paṭhamaphalacittena uppannena.
五、第八人论注释显示巴利原文
5. Aṭṭhamakakathāvaṇṇanā
368 其意为:它们应是已断者,而非正在断者。显示巴利原文
368.Pahīnānāma bhaveyyuṃ, na pahiyyamānāti adhippāyo.
六、第八人之根论注释显示巴利原文
6. Aṭṭhamakassa indriyakathāvaṇṇanā
371 唯有出世间的信等方为根,世间者不然——这是依外道的意旨而说“未得根故”等语。其中,“修习出离法”是指令其生起、增长,使其成为能出离的状态。然而,这些法已达根位之后,便不再有修习的作用;为显示此意,而说“而非修习根”。显示巴利原文
371. Lokuttarānaṃyeva saddhādīnaṃ indriyabhāvo, na lokiyānanti paravādino adhippāyavasenāha ‘‘appaṭiladdhindriyattā’’tiādi. Tattha niyyānikāni bhāventoti yathā niyyānikā honti, evaṃ uppādento brūhento vā. Indriyabhāvaṃ pana pattesu tesu puna bhāvanākiccaṃ natthīti tassa adhippāyoti dassento āha ‘‘na pana indriyāni bhāvento’’ti.
七、天眼论注释显示巴利原文
7. Dibbacakkhukathāvaṇṇanā
373 “境”意为特别地系缚,即对能识境者作自我系缚,故称境,也就是所缘。“威力”意为以此而领受,即能力、力量之义。“行境”即行境之作。(……在境中,威力与行境而行。)依诸有情如其殊胜之差别,由作为缘的禅那法赋予力量、作力量之执持。在此,境的执取正是威力与行境作用现起之处所显示;因为在那里,由于得到他们的支持,力量的执持变得显著,故说“在怎样的境中”等。力量的执持,乃由超越人法的广大法殊胜所生的殊妙心生色而成就殊胜。或有人说:“依此而回转”。前面所说只是肉眼,意即依所说力量执持而言,前面只有肉眼而已。说者为结集者。境的执取已在圣典中确立,并非为了显示境的差别,亦即并非为了显示境的殊胜。因为两者的境皆是色处,故说境相似而无差别,或显示相似之差别,这便是上下文的联系。显示巴利原文
373. Visinoti visesena bandhati visayīnaṃ attapaṭibandhaṃ karotīti visayo, ārammaṇaṃ , anubhavati etenāti ānubhāvo, sāmatthiyaṃ, balanti attho, gocarakaraṇaṃ gocaro, visaye ānubhāvagocarā visaya…pe… carāti. Tehi yathā visiṭṭhaṃ visesaṃ hoti, tathā paccayabhūtena jhānadhammena āhitabalaṃ katabalādhānaṃ. Visayaggahaṇañcettha ānubhāvagocarakaraṇānaṃ pavattiṭṭhānadassanaṃ yatthassa tehi upatthaddhattā balādhānaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti. Tenāha ‘‘yādise visaye’’tiādi. Balādhānañca uttarimanussadhammato mahaggatadhammavisesato uppannehi paṇītehi cittajarūpehi visesāpatti. Yaṃ nissāya parāvuttīti eke vadanti. Purimaṃ maṃsacakkhumattamevāti yathāvuttabalādhānato purimaṃ maṃsacakkhumattameva. Vadanto saṅgahakāro. Visayaggahaṇaṃ pāḷiyaṃ kataṃ. Na visayavisesadassanatthanti na visayassa visesadassanatthaṃ. Yato ubhinnampi rūpāyatanameva visayoti visayassa sadisataṃ avisesaṃ āha, sadisassa vā visesaṃ dīpetīti yojanā.
“以法支持……”是其意旨所在,否则邪见本身便不能成立。“道”即方法、原因。因为天眼确实只生起于本具净眼之人。何以故?增长遍光明而生起天眼智,而若没有遍曼陀罗上的取相,这便不可能,因此说“只是为了显示以肉眼为缘”。就“道”这个词而言,以有色界禅那为缘,即由作为缘的有色界禅那所生起的有色界禅那心等起色。在禅那业等起色中,无可说。因为这是他的邪见。显示巴利原文
Dhammupatthaddha…pe… adhippāyo, aññathā laddhiyeva na siyāti bhāvo. Maggoti upāyo, kāraṇanti attho. Pakaticakkhumato eva hi dibbacakkhu uppajjati. Kasmā? Kasiṇālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā dibbacakkhuñāṇassa uppādanaṃ, so ca kasiṇamaṇḍale uggahanimittena vinā natthi, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘maṃsacakkhupaccayatādassanatthameva vutta’’nti. Tenāti ‘‘maggo’’ti vacanena. Rūpāvacarajjhānapaccayenāti rūpāvacarajjhānena paccayabhūtena uppannāni rūpāvacarajjhānacittasamuṭṭhitāni. Jhānakammasamuṭṭhitesu vattabbameva natthi. Tassa hesā laddhi.
374 由于他希望天眼成为慧眼,因而作出这样的承认。若承认肉眼、天眼、慧眼这三眼有眼的不同状态,便会出现那样的过失,因此他不希望如此,这是其意。显示巴利原文
374.Yena dibbacakkhuno paññācakkhubhāvassa icchanena paṭijānanena. Tīṇi cakkhūni maṃsadibbapaññācakkhūni cakkhuntarabhāvaṃ vadato bhaveyyuṃ, tasmā taṃ na icchatīti attho.
九、随业往生智论注释显示巴利原文
9. Yathākammūpagatañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
377 377. 因为天眼是生起之因,故说“于天眼的亲依止缘中,有随业所趣智”,但这并非指天眼具有随业所趣的了知作用,因为天眼并无此作用。既然此智并非异于彼,彼智也并非异于此,因此说“依此……乃至……应存在”。其中,“防止义理差异”是指:由于天眼智是随业所趣智的分支,所以它防止随业所趣智与它之间的义理差异。因为对于随业所趣智来说,天眼智是附属的智。其意趣在于:天眼并不防止与随业所趣智之间的义理差异,因为它并非其分支。对方所欲的是天眼具有随业所趣智的作用,而非随业所趣智具有天眼的作用。为了说明此义,结合“随业所趣智即是天眼”而指出“亦即‘eva’(即)字”等。显示巴利原文
377. Dibbacakkhupādakattā ‘‘yathākammūpagatañāṇassa upanissaye dibbacakkhumhī’’ti vuttaṃ, na yathākammūpagatajānanakiccake dibbacakkhumhi tassa taṃkiccakatābhāvato. Yato yaṃ anaññaṃ, tampi tato anaññamevāti āha ‘‘iminā…pe… bhavitabba’’nti. Tattha atthantarabhāvaṃ nivāretīti dibbacakkhuñāṇassa pakkhikattā yathākammūpagatañāṇassa tato atthantarabhāvaṃ nivāreti. Tassa hi taṃ paribhaṇḍañāṇaṃ. Dibbacakkhussa yathākammūpagatañāṇato atthantarabhāvaṃ na nivāreti atappakkhikattāti adhippāyo. Dibbacakkhussa yathākammūpagatañāṇakiccatā paravādinā icchitā, na yathākammūpagatañāṇassa dibbacakkhukiccatāti tamatthaṃ ‘‘yathākammūpagatañāṇameva dibbacakkhu’’nti ettha yojetvā dassento ‘‘eva-saddo cā’’tiādimāha.
十、防护论注释显示巴利原文
10. Saṃvarakathāvaṇṇanā
379 379.在《阿嗒那嗒那经》中,因提到“诸比丘,有许多夜叉并未远离杀生”(长部3.276, 286),所以四大王众天在防护与无防护这一点上,是无可诤论而成立的。然而,凡是存在诤论之处,为了表明正是将有诤论的三十三天等作为讨论对象,才说“四大王众天”。如果真是这样——也就是说,如果在三十三天中没有防护与无防护的区分——那么便如前说。关于“饮酒”:此处也应引入“被饮用(suyyatī)”一词而建立关联。如何被饮用呢?在《水瓮本生经》中曾这样说——显示巴利原文
379.Āṭānāṭiyasutte ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, yakkhā yebhuyyena pāṇātipātā appaṭiviratā’’ti (dī. ni. 3.276, 286) āgatattā cātumahārājikānaṃ saṃvarāsaṃvarasabbhāvo avivādasiddho. Yattha pana vivādo, tameva dassentena tāvatiṃsādayo gahitāti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘cātumahārājikāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ satīti yadi tāvatiṃsesu saṃvarāsaṃvaro natthi, evaṃ sante. Surāpānanti etthāpi ‘‘suyyatī’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Kathaṃ suyyatīti? Vuttañhetaṃ kumbhajātake –
过去诸天,因饮用此物而放逸,
既已从天界死去,便归于永恒;
大王啊,明知这些酒徒然无益,
如何还会饮用呢?」(本生经1.16.58)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ ve pivitvā pubbadevā pamattā, Tidivā cutā sassatiyā samāyā; Taṃ tādisaṃ majjamimaṃ niratthaṃ, Jānaṃ mahārāja kathaṃ piveyyā’’ti. (jā. 1.16.58);
其中,“过去诸天”即阿修罗。因为他们是在三十三天出现之前就已存在的诸天,故称“过去诸天”。“放逸”即因饮酒而陷入放逸。“天界”指依人间与四大王天而位居第三层的天界,或者仅是此天的名称。“与永恒同在”仅就长寿而言。“同在而死”意为与自己的阿修罗幻术、阿修罗谋士一同死去。注释书中又说:“来此做客的天子们——并非原住者——准备了香饮。帝释则约束了自己的随众。”因此他说:“应当说他们的饮酒是无有防护的。”而且,自三十三天出现以来,那里连饮酒都没有,何况杀生等。由于没有应舍离之事,从三十三天以上的天界中,依戒成就而得的防护是不存在的,但出世间防护却是存在的。同样,那些他们应当舍离的无防护(烦恼)也是存在的,因为尚未舍断随眠者,不可能没有圣道所应断的烦恼。显示巴利原文
Tattha pubbadevā nāma asurā. Te hi tāvatiṃsānaṃ uppattito pubbadevāti paññāyiṃsu. Pamattāti surāpānena pamādaṃ āpannā. Tidivāti manussacātumahārājikaloke upādāya tatiyalokabhūtā devaṭṭhānā, nāmameva vā etaṃ tassa devaṭṭhānassa. Sassatiyāti kevalaṃ dīghāyukataṃ sandhāya vadati. Samāyā saha attano asuramāyāya, asuramantehi saddhiṃ cutāti attho. Aṭṭhakathāyañca vuttaṃ ‘‘āgantukadevaputtā āgatāti nevāsikā gandhapānaṃ sajjayiṃsu. Sakko sakaparisāya saññamadāsī’’ti. Tenāha ‘‘tesaṃ surāpānaṃ asaṃvaro na hotīti vattabbaṃ hotī’’ti. Ettha ca tāvatiṃsānaṃ pātubhāvato paṭṭhāya surāpānampi tattha nāhosi, pageva pāṇātipātādayoti viramitabbābhāvato eva tāvatiṃsato paṭṭhāya upari devalokesu samādānasampattavirativasena puretabbā saṃvarā na santi, lokuttarā pana santiyeva. Tathā tehi pahātabbā asaṃvarā. Na hi appahīnānusayānaṃ maggavajjhā kilesā na santīti.
第四品显示巴利原文
4. Catutthavaggo
一、在家阿拉汉论注释显示巴利原文
1. Gihissa arahātikathāvaṇṇanā
387 “与在家欲贪相应”:指处于居家状态、受用欲乐的状态时,与欲贪俱行。显示巴利原文
387.Gihichandarāgasampayuttatāyāti gihibhāve kāmabhogibhāve chandarāgasahitatāya.
四、具足论注释显示巴利原文
4. Samannāgatakathāvaṇṇanā
393 “得”即证得。巴利中说“证得即是具足”,应理解为是由触等四法具足而作此宣说。显示巴利原文
393.Pattinti adhigamo. Adhigamo nāma samannāgamo hotīti pāḷiyaṃ catūhi phassādīhi samannāgamo coditoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
五、具足舍论注释显示巴利原文
5. Upekkhāsamannāgatakathāvaṇṇanā
397 “应当全部结合”:此处,若那些阿拉汉具足六舍,如同具足四蕴一般,如此,六舍各别与触等俱行,便应结合为“具足六触等”等。显示巴利原文
397.Sabbaṃyojetabbanti ettha yadi te arahā catūhi khandhehi viya chahi upekkhāhi samannāgato, evaṃ sante cha upekkhā paccekaṃ phassādisahitāti ‘‘chahi phassādīhi samannāgato’’tiādinā yojetabbaṃ.
六、菩提时觉悟论注释显示巴利原文
6. Bodhiyābuddhotikathāvaṇṇanā
398 398.“依得法之力”者,是指以所谓“得法”等所说的、与心不相应之行蕴之力。“于菩提时觉悟”是问。“若菩提已灭、已舍、已止息,则不名觉悟”是随应。如此,于他处亦应知问与随应之意涵。显示巴利原文
398.Pattidhammavasenāti ‘‘pattidhammo nāmā’’tiādinā vuttassa cittavippayuttassa saṅkhārassa vasena. ‘‘Bodhiyā buddho’’ti pucchā. ‘‘Bodhiyā niruddhāya vigatāya paṭippassaddhāya abuddho hotī’’ti anuyogo. Evamaññatthāpi pucchānuyogā veditabbā.
七、相论注释显示巴利原文
7. Lakkhaṇakathāvaṇṇanā
402 402.“因此”,由于即使是非菩萨的转轮圣王也能具足相好,而菩萨除最后生之外,于其他生中并不具足,所以“具足相好者即是菩萨”此义不能成立。故他说:“所引之相,亦与未引之相无异。”显示巴利原文
402.Tasmāti yasmā abodhisattassapi cakkavattino lakkhaṇehi samannāgamo bodhisattassapi carimabhavato aññattha asamannāgamo hoti, tasmā lakkhaṇasamannāgato bodhisattovāti imassatthassa asādhakaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘ābhatampi anābhatasadisamevā’’ti.
八、决定出离论注释显示巴利原文
8. Niyāmokkantikathāvaṇṇanā
403 403.“圆满波罗蜜”,此乃菩提行持之特征,并非指波罗蜜已达圆满之相。因此应知,其亦摄受了他们的发心与受持等。因为大士从发大愿起,即被称为“决定”。如说:“如此诸根具足之人,于菩提决定”,以及“必将成佛”。他们并非由于任何名为“决定”之法已生起而得授记,而是观待于“圆满此诸波罗蜜后,必将成佛”而得授记。他驳斥了他宗所臆想之其他法,而非驳斥于菩提之决定性。故他说:“因为仅仅……故。”显示巴利原文
403.Pāramīpūraṇanti idaṃ bodhicariyāya upalakkhaṇaṃ, na pāramīnaṃ puṇṇabhāvadassanaṃ. Tena tesaṃ ārambhasamādānādīnampi saṅgaho katoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Mahābhinīhārato paṭṭhāya hi mahāsattā niyatāti vuccanti. Yathāha – ‘‘evaṃ sabbaṅgasampannā, bodhiyā niyatā narā’’ti, ‘‘dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissatī’’ti ca, na niyāmassa nāma kassaci dhammassa uppannattā byākaronti, atha kho ekaṃsenāyaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā buddho bhavissatīti katvā byākarontīti paravādīparikappitaṃ dhammantaraṃ paṭisedheti, na bodhiyā niyatattaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘kevalañhi na’’ntiādi.
十、断一切结论注释显示巴利原文
10. Sabbasaṃyojanappahānakathāvaṇṇanā
413 虽然对某些人而言,诸结已由下分之道所断,但如同在“五下分结尽”等表述中,是以赞叹的口吻兼指无余断尽,因此宣说“断一切结”实为方便之说。所以他说:“未取此方便”。因为他执取“唯以阿拉汉道而断”,论师意指:他执取了“唯由胜道断一切结”的见解。若如此,即是他唯依无余义而作此承许。显示巴利原文
413. Satipi kesañci saṃyojanānaṃ heṭṭhimamaggehi pahīnatte ‘‘pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā’’tiādīsu viya vaṇṇabhaṇanamukhena anavasesatañca sandhāya sabbasaṃyojanappahānakittanaṃ pariyāyavacananti āha ‘‘imaṃ pariyāyaṃ aggahetvā’’ti. Arahattamaggena pajahanato evāti gaṇhātīti aggamaggo eva sabbasaṃyojanāni pajahatīti laddhiṃ gaṇhātīti vadanti padakārā. Evaṃ satīti yadi anavasesatāmattena tathā paṭijānāti.
5. 第五品显示巴利原文
5. Pañcamavaggo
一、解脱论注释显示巴利原文
1. Vimuttikathāvaṇṇanā
418 不应说“果智不存在,其余诸智——观智、道智与省察智——是解脱的”,这是句子的连接。此处“此”即指这四种智。因为说到观智时,便已摄取了道等的作用,盖因道等的作用离观智不远,且观智即是它们的终结。显示巴利原文
418. Phalañāṇaṃ na hoti, sesāni vipassanāmaggapaccavekkhaṇañāṇāni vimuttānīti na vattabbānīti sambandho. Etthāti etesu catūsu ñāṇesu. Vipassanāggahaṇena gahitaṃ maggādikiccavidūrakiccattā vipassanāpariyosānattā ca.
二、无学智论释显示巴利原文
2. Asekhañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
421 由于它是关于无学者而生起的,故被称为“无学智”,这是其他派别的见解;并非指它被含摄于无学者或无学法之中。为了显示此义,所以说“由此……显示……”。显示巴利原文
421. Asekhe ārabbha pavattattā asekhañāṇanti parassa laddhi, na asekhe asekhadhamme pariyāpannanti imamatthamāha ‘‘etena…pe… dassetī’’ti.
三、颠倒论释显示巴利原文
3. Viparītakathāvaṇṇanā
424 424. 如将不吉称为吉祥那样的言说,在无智中……说。显示巴利原文
424. Asive sivāti vohāraṃ viya aññāṇe…pe… vadati.
四、决定论释显示巴利原文
4. Niyāmakathāvaṇṇanā
428-431 428-431.“Yanti”即那智。“Saccānulomaṃ”即随顺于谛的证悟。若从“Viparītānuyogato”算起,说其为“第四”,并非因非决定者进入决定。若从“Aviparītānuyogato”算起,如此,则因其成为第五及有差别之故。显示巴利原文
428-431.Yanti yaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Saccānulomanti saccappaṭivedhānukūlaṃ. Viparītānuyogato pabhuti gaṇetvā ‘‘catuttha’’nti āha na aniyatassa niyāmagamanāyāti aviparītānuyogato pabhuti gaṇetvā, tathā sati pañcamabhāvato visesabhāvato ca.
五、无碍解论释显示巴利原文
5. Paṭisambhidākathāvaṇṇanā
432-433 432-433.“一切智”——此词并未被“圣者的”所限定,基于此意而说:“因非圣者的智也是智。”或者,是取巴利文中不加简别而说的“一切智”而作此说。如果说“圣者的智”,则会遭到反驳,因此说:“这是指非圣者的智。”显示巴利原文
432-433.Sabbaṃñāṇanti idaṃ ‘‘ariyāna’’nti iminā na visesitanti adhippāyenāha ‘‘anariyānampi hi ñāṇaṃ ñāṇamevā’’ti. Atha vā pāḷiyaṃ avisesena sabbaṃ ñāṇanti vuttaṃ gahetvā evamāha. Ariyassa ce ñāṇanti, so pana paṭikkhepeyyāti āha ‘‘anariyassa etaṃ ñāṇaṃ sandhāyā’’ti.
七、心所缘论释显示巴利原文
7. Cittārammaṇakathāvaṇṇanā
436-438 “应被承认的语”指的是这样的承认:以触为所缘的智,应被说为他心智。显示巴利原文
436-438.Vattabbapaṭiññāti phassārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ vattabbaṃ cetopariyañāṇanti evaṃ pavattā paṭiññā.
八、未来智论释显示巴利原文
8. Anāgatañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
439-440 439-440. 他们希望在无间未来的心中也有智,然而在那里,如同在刹那现在中一样,通过那样的准备,有时智可能会生起。因此他说:“在无间未来中,智并非绝对存在。”显示巴利原文
439-440.Anantarānāgatepicitte ñāṇaṃ icchanti, tattha pana khaṇapaccuppanne viya tādisena parikammena kadāci ñāṇaṃ uppajjeyya. Tenāha ‘‘anantare ekanteneva ñāṇaṃ natthī’’ti.
九、现在智论注释显示巴利原文
9. Paṭuppannañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
441-442 当说到“于一切诸行中以无常而见”时,那作为见的智,由于本身也是诸行的体性,因此,就意义上而言,它也同样被见。针对这样的说法,他说:“从义理上成立的语句。”然而,因为此说乃依于承认“那智也是以无常而被见”而转起,所以被称为“被承认的语句”。这是针对那些以相续的方式转起坏灭随观者而言的。显示巴利原文
441-442. ‘‘Sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccato diṭṭhesū’’ti vutte yaṃ dassanabhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ, tampi saṅkhārasabhāvattā tathādiṭṭhaṃ siyāti atthato āpajjati, evaṃbhūtaṃ vacanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘atthato āpannaṃ vacana’’nti. Taṃ pana yasmā ‘‘tampi ñāṇaṃ aniccato diṭṭhaṃ hotī’’ti paṭijānanavasena pavattaṃ, tasmā ‘‘anujānanavacana’’nti vuttaṃ. Bhaṅgānupassanānaṃ pabandhavasena pavattamānānaṃ.
十、果智论注释显示巴利原文
10. Phalañāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
443-444 443-444. “果的优劣”指果的高低差别。“以力”指以智力。显示巴利原文
443-444.Phalaparopariyattaṃ phalassa uccāvacatā. Balenāti ñāṇabalena.
6. 第六品显示巴利原文
6. Chaṭṭhavaggo
一、决定论注释显示巴利原文
1. Niyāmakathāvaṇṇanā
445-447 445-447. 这位圣者补特伽罗。显示巴利原文
445-447.Etassa ariyassa puggalassa.
二、缘起论注释显示巴利原文
2. Paṭiccasamuppādakathāvaṇṇanā
451 451. “依因义而确立”,是指因的状态无有乖违。因为,当一法作为另一法的因时,它便不会呈现别异的状态;而这在意义上正是因的状态本身,故说“正是因的状态本身”。显示巴利原文
451.Kāraṇaṭṭhena ṭhitatāti kāraṇabhāvena byabhicaraṇābhāvamāha. Yo hi dhammo yassa dhammassa yadā kāraṇaṃ hoti, na tassa tadā aññathābhāvo atthi, sā ca atthato kāraṇabhāvoyevāti ‘‘kāraṇabhāvoyevā’’ti āha.
五、灭尽定论注释显示巴利原文
5. Nirodhasamāpattikathāvaṇṇanā
457-459 他遮止自性法,因为远离二相的自性法并不存在。根据“清净也是出起”的说法,所以说“清净是出起的同义词”。如果自性法成立,则由于它远离有为,便可能成为无为,因此说“由成立自性法故,能成立……”。显示巴利原文
457-459.Sabhāvadhammataṃ paṭisedheti tadubhayalakkhaṇarahitassa sabhāvadhammassa abhāvā. ‘‘Vodānampi vuṭṭhāna’’nti vacanato ‘‘vodānañca vuṭṭhānapariyāyovā’’ti āha. Sabhāvadhammatte siddhe saṅkhatavidūratāya asaṅkhataṃ siyāti āha ‘‘sabhāvadhammattāsādhakattā’’ti.
7. 第七品显示巴利原文
7. Sattamavaggo
1. 摄论释显示巴利原文
1. Saṅgahitakathāvaṇṇanā
471-472 “被摄”,即通过摄等方式而被一起执取。而因为它们如同由单一性等共性而结合,故说“相连”。显示巴利原文
471-472.Saṅgahitāti saṅgahaṇādivasena saddhiṃ gahitā. Te pana yasmā ekavidhatādisāmaññena bandhā viya honti, tasmā āha ‘‘sambandhā’’ti.
2. 相应论释显示巴利原文
2. Sampayuttakathāvaṇṇanā
473-474 倘若它们有差别,“应进入”与“不应进入”的状态方能成立,否则不然。因此,通过破除譬喻来显示所喻之物的差别,他说:“确定差别……显示……”。显示巴利原文
473-474. Anuppavisitabbānuppavisanabhāvo tesaṃ bhede sati yujjeyya, nāññathāti upamābhindanena upameyyassa bhinnataṃ dassento ‘‘nānattavavatthā…pe… dassetī’’ti āha.
3. 心所论释显示巴利原文
3. Cetasikakathāvaṇṇanā
475-477 475-477. “触等”中的“等”字是表示限定。由此,在心的生起教导中所显示的分类,如受等被执取,而非以心为等起的色法。因此他说:“若无同一生起等,即无俱生性。”显示巴利原文
475-477.Phassikādayoti ettha ādi-saddo vavatthāvācī. Tena cittuppādadesanāyaṃ dassitappabhedā vedanādayo gayhanti, na taṃsamuṭṭhānā rūpadhammāti āha ‘‘ekuppādatādivirahitā sahajātatā natthī’’ti.
4. 布施论释显示巴利原文
4. Dānakathāvaṇṇanā
479 479. “为了显示有果报的给予”,即为了显示果报给予的实有。“果报的给予似已被说”,意思是:就心而言,似乎已将果报的给予作为主要而说。否则,便不能说“布施性”。因为布施性也是通过“布施有非爱果”等而被说的。为了遮止它,即为了遮止果报的给予。“此”指“布施有非爱果”等言说。当知,通过药物等使疾病平息,正是所施物有不可爱果的同义语。显示巴利原文
479.Phaladānabhāvadīpanatthanti phaladānasabbhāvadīpanatthaṃ. Phaladānaṃ vuttaṃ viya hotīti cittena phaladānaṃ padhānabhāve vuttaṃ viya hotīti attho. Aññathā dānabhāvoti na sakkā vattuṃ. Dānabhāvopi hi ‘‘dānaṃ aniṭṭhaphala’’ntiādinā vuttoyevāti. Tannivāraṇatthanti phaladānanivāraṇatthaṃ. Etanti ‘‘dānaṃ aniṭṭhaphala’’ntiādivacanaṃ. Bhesajjādivasena ābādhāniṭṭhatā deyyadhammassa aniṭṭhaphalatāpariyāyo daṭṭhabbo.
为了阐明“并非以单一的意义”而说,回应“为何同一部经在自宗论师与他宗论师的论说中皆适用”的质疑,而说“所施物即是布施”等。在此,“就”字唯在遮止的方面合适,在成立的方面则不恰当,因为两者都被希望为有布施性。因此他说:“应知是心所的意义,以及所施物。”也正因此,他说:“两种布施……”等。“为了解除混杂的状态”意指,即使有布施性,也是为了解除自性的混杂。因此他说:“心所的……”等。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ tatheva suttaṃ sakavādiparavādivādesu yujjatīti codanāya ‘‘na pana ekenatthenā’’ti vuttaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘deyyadhammova dāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha nivattanapakkheyeva eva-kāro yutto, na sādhanapakkhe dvinnampi dānabhāvassa icchitattā. Tenāha ‘‘cetasikovāti attho daṭṭhabbo, deyyadhammovā’’ti ca. Tenevāha ‘‘dvinnañhi dānānantiādi. Saṅkarabhāvamocanatthanti satipi dānabhāve sabhāvasaṅkaramocanatthaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘cetasikassā’’tiādi.
5. 受用所成福论释显示巴利原文
5. Paribhogamayapuññakathāvaṇṇanā
485 「其所得」:即认为五识是集合体的执见,所以称为所得。这些是指由当下之心所受用的福业之所得。显示巴利原文
485.Tassā laddhiyāti pañcannaṃ viññāṇānaṃ samodhānaṃ hotīti laddhiyā. Etesanti vattamānacittaparibhogamayapuññānaṃ.
486 此论说有所缺憾,因为受用本身并不存在。福业唯是布施的思心所,而非与心不相应者。如此,这是指在未受用时,所施物以福业状态存在。正是由于未受用的所施物处于福业状态,因此凡夫时所施的布施,即便成为阿拉汉后才受用,也确定为凡夫时的布施。(第一义理的抉择,通过遮破他宗而建立自宗;第二义理的抉择,则直接建立自宗。这是二者的差别。)显示巴利原文
486.Ayaṃ vādo hīyati paribhogasseva abhāvato. Cāgacetanāya eva puññabhāvo, na cittavippayuttassa. Evanti iminā pakārena, aparibhutte deyyadhamme puññabhāvenāti attho. Aparibhutte deyyadhamme puññabhāvato eva hi puthujjanakāle dinnaṃ arahā hutvā paribhuñjante tampi puthujjane dānamevāti nicchitaṃ. Paravādīpaṭikkhepamukhena sakavādaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti paṭhamo atthavikappo, dutiyo pana ujukameva sakavādaṃ patiṭṭhāpetīti ayametesaṃ viseso.
6. 从此所施论之解释显示巴利原文
6. Itodinnakathāvaṇṇanā
488-491 所谓「以彼衣钵等布施」,是指未作随喜、仅由施者施与的衣钵等布施。因此说「即使没有自己所作之业」。以此因缘,即由于随喜,他们的受用在那里生起。「如果他们……」等语,是显示他宗如何建立其主张。其中,如果他们无法存活,又怎能随喜、令心净信、生起喜悦、获得欢喜呢?他们见到某些饿鬼通过随喜等而得以存活,于是便作随喜等,以此处所施之物而活命,这是其中的意旨。显示巴利原文
488-491.Tenevacīvarādidānenāti anumodanaṃ vinā dāyakena pavattitacīvarādidānena. Tenāha ‘‘sayaṃkatena kammunā vināpī’’ti. Iminā kāraṇenāti anumoditattāva tesaṃ tattha bhogā uppajjantīti etena kāraṇena. Yadi yantiādi paravādino laddhipatiṭṭhāpanākāradassanaṃ. Tattha yadi na yāpeyyuṃ, kathaṃ anumodeyyuṃ, cittaṃ pasādeyyuṃ, pītiṃ uppādeyyuṃ, somanassaṃ paṭilabheyyunti ekacce aññe pete anumodanādīni katvā yāpente disvā anumodanādīni karonti, tasmā te ito dinnena yāpentīti adhippāyo.
7. 地业果报论之解释显示巴利原文
7. Pathavīkammavipākotikathāvaṇṇanā
492 “自害罪”是指与触相关的罪。然而,那(触)并不与此(罪)相应。“彼”即指触本身。“有引转”即与引转俱行,以引转为前导而转起的意思。“即业之亲依止缘”是指,由那业所生的触等,正是那业的亲依止缘。“苦”是指未来当生的苦。开显为“根本渴爱”,如此相连结,于“亲依止缘”处也是如此。成为业累积之因的——即先前已成立的渴爱,是业的亲依止缘;对于已造作、已累积的业,以倾向于有等而转起的,是果报的亲依止缘。显示巴利原文
492.Attavajjehīti phassavajjehi. Na hi so eva tena sampayutto hoti. Soti phassameva paccāmasati. Sāvajjaneti āvajjanasahite, āvajjanaṃ purecārikaṃ katvā eva pavattanaketi attho. Kammūpanissayabhūtamevāti yena kammunā yathāvuttā phassādayo nibbattitā, tassa kammassa upanissayabhūtameva. Dukkhassāti āyatiṃ uppajjanakadukkhassa. ‘‘Mūlataṇhā’’ti dassetīti yojanā, tathā ‘‘upanissayabhūta’’nti etthāpi. Kammāyūhanassa kāraṇabhūtā purimasiddhā taṇhā kammassa upanissayo, katūpacite kamme bhavādīsu namanavasena pavattā hi vipākassa upanissayo.
493 在已生的生处尚未灭尽时便入般涅槃,依自宗的观点,于诘问中是可以成立的。显示巴利原文
493. Okāsakatuppannaṃ akhepetvā parinibbānabhāvo sakasamayavasena codanāya yujjamānatā.
494 “业存在时”——以此只是说明业为地等之缘,而非说业是能生因。因此说“此即名为能引转者”。显示巴利原文
494.Kamme satīti iminā kammassa pathavīādīnaṃ paccayatāmattamāha, na janakattaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ nāma hotī’’ti.
8. 老死是果报等论之解释显示巴利原文
8. Jarāmaraṇaṃvipākotikathāvaṇṇanā
495 “同一所缘”者,这是为了成立无所缘性,举出(诸相应法)并无相应相而说,并非同一所缘本身具有相应相。显示巴利原文
495.Ekārammaṇāti idaṃ anārammaṇatāsādhanavasena sampayogalakkhaṇābhāvassa uddhaṭattā vuttaṃ, na tasseva sampayogalakkhaṇattā.
496 “无记”者,指异熟无记。余者无可说。显示巴利原文
496.Abyākatānanti vipākābyākatānaṃ. Itarattha vattabbameva natthi.
497 “此”者,指“不净色泽即是老”这句话。显示巴利原文
497.Tanti ‘‘aparisuddhavaṇṇatā jarāyevā’’ti vacanaṃ.
10. 果报、果报法、法论之解释显示巴利原文
10. Vipākovipākadhammadhammotikathāvaṇṇanā
501 果报作为果报的缘,成为相互缘,正是以此意旨而说“何种果报的果报是相互缘”。然而,根据“亦指因彼缘而生起其他果报”等语,可知生、老、死等为亲依止缘。“先前之承诺”是指“果报是果报法”这一承诺。此处的论难,即指以“果报与果报法”等而转起的论难。显示巴利原文
501. Vipāko vipākassa paccayo honto aññamaññapaccayo hotīti adhippāyenāha ‘‘yassa vipākassa vipāko aññamaññapaccayo hotī’’ti. ‘‘Tappaccayāpi aññassa vipākassa uppattiṃ sandhāyā’’tiādivacanato pana jātijarāmaraṇādīnaṃ upanissayapaccayoti sakkā viññātuṃ. Purimapaṭiññāyāti ‘‘vipāko vipākadhammadhammo’’ti paṭiññāya. Imassa codanassāti ‘‘vipāko ca vipākadhammadhammo cā’’tiādinā pavattassa codanassa.
8. 第八品显示巴利原文
8. Aṭṭhamavaggo
1. 六趣论之解释显示巴利原文
1. Chagatikathāvaṇṇanā
503-504 色彩本身依青等而显现,故称“色显”,即色处之义。形态指长短等。显示巴利原文
503-504. Vaṇṇā eva nīlādivasena nibhātīti vaṇṇanibhā, vaṇṇāyatananti attho. Saṇṭhānaṃ dīghādi.
二、中有论注释显示巴利原文
2. Antarābhavakathāvaṇṇanā
505 “中间处”即中间之处。以彼破除障碍之处且行于虚空故。若彼不存在于诸有之间,即若彼中有不存在于欲有等诸有之间。所谓“并非有中有”,即“绝无名为中有的存在”——对于如此转起的自宗之说,其遮破并无理由;彼并非基于理由而作遮破,而是不欲如此,唯依执见而遮破,此即其意旨。显示巴利原文
505.Antaraṭṭhānānīti antarikaṭṭhānāni. Nivārakaṭṭhānāni bhinditvā ca ākāsena ca gamanato. Yadi so bhavānaṃ antarā na siyāti so antarābhavo kāmabhavādīnaṃ bhavānaṃ antare yadi na bhaveyya. Na nāma antarābhavoti ‘‘sabbena sabbaṃ natthi nāma antarābhavo’’ti evaṃ pavattassa sakavādivacanassa paṭikkhepe kāraṇaṃ natthi, tassa paṭikkhepe kāraṇaṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā na paṭikkhipati, atha kho tathā anicchanto kevalaṃ laddhiyā paṭikkhipatīti attho.
506 “生”,意指不欲,这是其中的关联。显示巴利原文
506. Jātīti na icchatīti sambandho.
507 因此,他不承认那里有那样的相续。就像在欲有等中一样,他不承认那里有死生相续的中阴状态。因为他只承许由能产生未来有的业而转起,所以从无常的角度来看生、老、死,又怎会有死生相续呢?而且,此说只是针对一部分中阴论者而说。那些说“仅在极短七天就获得结生”的人,以及那些说“就在那里死了又回来,经过七个七天”的人,他们其实是承认死生相续的,因此他们应被视为后来者,因为经中说:“中阴中的众生会生、老、死、死、结生吗?不应这样说。”同样,他们后来也承认地狱等趣有那样的状态,例如他们说“脚向上的就是地狱众生”等。在这里,为了指出外道是依何假立“中阴”之名,注释书中说:“错误地执取‘中间般涅槃者’这句经文。”因为“中间般涅槃者”的含义是:在无烦天等处,不超越各自寿量的中段,通过证得最上道,以无余烦恼般涅槃而般涅槃。它并不是指处于中阴状态。因此说:“错误地执取‘中间般涅槃者’这句经文。”显示巴利原文
507.Evaṃtaṃ tattha na icchatīti kāmabhavādīsu viya taṃ cutipaṭisandhiparamparaṃ tattha antarābhavāvatthāya na icchati. So hi tassa bhāvibhavanibbattakakammato eva pavattiṃ icchati, tasmā jātijarāmaraṇāni aniccato kuto cutipaṭisandhiparamparā. Ayañca vādo antarābhavavādīnaṃ ekaccānaṃ vutto. Ye ‘‘appakena kālena sattāheneva vā paṭisandhiṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti vadanti, ye pana ‘‘tattheva cavitvā āyātīti sattasattāhānī’’ti vadanti, tehi anuññātāva cutipaṭisandhiparamparāti te adhunātanā daṭṭhabbā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘antarābhave sattā jāyanti jīyanti mīyanti cavanti upapajjantīti? Na hevaṃ vattabbe’’ti āgatattā. Yathā cetaṃ, evaṃ nirayūpagādibhāvampissa adhunātanā paṭijānanti. Tathā hi te vadanti ‘‘uddhaṃpādo tu nārako’’tiādi. Tattha yaṃ nissāya paravādī antarābhavaṃ nāma parikappeti, taṃ dassetuṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘antarāparinibbāyīti suttapadaṃ ayoniso gahetvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Imassa hi ‘‘avihādīsu tattha tattha āyuvemajjhaṃ anatikkamitvā antarā aggamaggādhigamena anavasesakilesaparinibbānena parinibbāyati, antarāparinibbāyī’’ti suttapadassa ayamattho, na antarābhavabhūtoti. Tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘antarāparinibbāyīti suttapadaṃ ayoniso gahetvā’’ti.
然而,有些人说:“因为有‘求有者’一词,所以确实存在中阴。因为那寻求生、寻求结生者,即称为求有者。”这些人也应加以驳斥。因为那些已存在而不会再有来者,也就是漏尽者,在“为已生众生的住立”这句中被说为“已生”。与此相对,那些寻求生者,即未断有结缚的有学与凡夫,便称为求有者。或者,在四生之中,卵生和胎生的众生,只要尚未破卵壳和胎膜,就称为求有者;从卵壳和胎膜出来之后,则称为已生。湿生和化生的众生,在第一心刹那称为求有者,从第二心刹那开始称为已生。或者,依他们出生时的威仪,只要尚未获得其他威仪,就称为求有者,此后则称为已生。既然有这样直截了当、随顺经文的含义存在,又有什么必要去假立一个不确定的、臆想出来的中阴身呢?因此应予以驳斥。显示巴利原文
Ye pana ‘‘sambhavesīti vacanato attheva antarābhavo. So hi sambhavaṃ upapattiṃ esatīti sambhavesī’’ti vadanti, tepi ye bhūtāva na puna bhavissanti, te khīṇāsavā ‘‘bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā’’ti ettha ‘‘bhūtā’’ti vuttā. Tabbidhuratāya sambhavamesantīti sambhavesino, appahīnabhavasaṃyojanattā sekkhā puthujjanā. Catūsu vā yonīsu aṇḍajajalābujā sattā yāva aṇḍakosaṃ vatthikosañca na bhindanti, tāva sambhavesī nāma, aṇḍakosato vatthikosato ca nikkhantā bhūtā nāma. Saṃsedajaopapātikā ca paṭhamacittakkhaṇe sambhavesī nāma, dutiyacittakkhaṇato paṭṭhāya bhūtā nāma. Yena vā iriyāpathena jāyanti, yāva tato aññaṃ na pāpuṇanti, tāva sambhavesī nāma, tato paraṃ bhūtā nāmāti evaṃ ujuke pāḷianugate atthe sati kiṃ aniddhāritassa patthiyena antarābhavena attabhāvena parikappitena payojananti paṭikkhipitabbā.
然而,有论者提出这样的论证:“诸法以相续的方式转起时,可被看到无间断地在他处显现。如同稻谷等无识相续那样,有识相续也应能无间断地在他处显现。这一道理唯有承认中阴才能成立,否则便不成立。”对此,应当反问:若具神通、心得自在者决意使身随心行,瞬间从梵天界来至此处,或从此处往梵天界,此时此理如何成立?即使在一切情况下都不承认诸法可在间断处转起,若说“神通者的神通境界不可思议”,那么此处亦应同理,因为“业异熟不可思议”。因此,那只是他们自己的想法罢了。因为真实法本身不可思议,依缘有时在间断处显现,有时在不间断处显现。正如我们所见的,以口声等为缘,于他处如镜面、山壁等生起影像、回声等。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ paneke ‘‘santānavasena pavattamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ avicchedena desantaresu pātubhāvo diṭṭho. Yathā taṃ vīhiādiaviññāṇakasantāne, evaṃ saviññāṇakasantānepi avicchedena desantare pātubhāvena bhavitabbaṃ. Ayañca nayo sati antarābhave yujjati, nāññathā’’ti yuttiṃ vadanti, tehi iddhimato cetovasippattassa cittānugatikaṃ kāyaṃ adhiṭṭhahantassa khaṇena brahmalokato idhūpasaṅkamane ito vā brahmalokūpagamane yutti vattabbā. Yadi sabbattheva vicchinnadese dhammānaṃ pavatti na icchitā, yadipi siyā ‘‘iddhimantānaṃ iddhivisayo acinteyyo’’ti, taṃ idhāpi samānaṃ ‘‘kammavipāko acinteyyo’’ti vacanato, tasmā taṃ tesaṃ matimattameva. Acinteyyasabhāvā hi sabhāvadhammā, te katthaci paccayavasena vicchinnadese pātubhavanti, katthaci avicchinnadese ca. Tathā hi mukhaghosādīhi paccayehi aññasmiṃ dese ādāsapabbatapadesādike paṭibimbapaṭighosādikaṃ nibbattamānaṃ diṭṭhanti.
对此,我们回答:首先,影像不能作为例证,因为它不成立且不相似。所谓“影像”是另一个色法生起,这本身就不成立。即使成立,由于不相似,也不能作为例证,因为在同一处不可能有两个色法共存。镜色与影像色虽被见到,但两种色法同一处共存并不合理,因为它们所依的处所不同,而且从连接的角度看也不相似。影像的连接并非如口的连接,而与镜的连接相关,因此不能说为连接而无间断地在他处显现,亦非非相续。因此,这一例证根本不相应。显示巴利原文
Etthāha – paṭibimbaṃ tāva asiddhattā asadisattā ca na nidassanaṃ. Paṭibimbañhi nāma aññadeva rūpantaraṃ uppajjatīti asiddhametaṃ. Siddhiyampi asadisattā na nidassanaṃ siyā ekasmiṃ ṭhāne dvinnaṃ sahaṭhānābhāvato. Yattheva hi ādāsarūpaṃ paṭibimbarūpañca dissati, na ca ekasmiṃ dese rūpadvayassa sahabhāvo yutto nissayabhūtadesato, asadisañcetaṃ sandhānato. Na hi mukhassa paṭibimbasandhānabhūtaṃ ādāsasandhānasambandhattā sandhānaṃ uddissa avicchedena desantare pātubhāvo vuccati, na asantānanti asamānameva tanti.
其中,所谓“影像名为另一个色法生起,这不成立,因为在同一处不可能有两个共存”,这其实是在指责非相续者的共存,因为它们所依不同。所依不同者,实无共存。正如众多宝石、灯等的光色在同一处转起时,由于密集且无间,看似处所无别,然因所依不同,其处所实有差异,仅由取相的殊胜而显得处所无别。对于镜色与影像色,亦应作如是观。因为在那样的缘和合下,它在那里生起即灭。而且,应承认这一点,因为它能成为眼识的所缘境。否则,它应在无光时也能被见,或可能不是眼识的所缘境。然而,那样的和合具有那样的效力,令如是见生起。因为诸法的功能差别不可思议。说此语者,其实也成立了这一意义:即使所依不同,也能显现为好像处所无别。由此,对水中等无影像色的责难,应知已被驳斥。显示巴利原文
Tattha yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘paṭibimbaṃ nāma aññadeva rūpantaraṃ uppajjatīti asiddhaṃ ekasmiṃ ṭhāne dvinnaṃ sahaṭhānabhāvato’’ti, tayidaṃ asantānameva sahaṭhānaṃ coditaṃ bhinnanissayattā. Na hi bhinnanissayānaṃ sahaṭhānaṃ atthi. Yathā anekesaṃ maṇidīpādīnaṃ pabhārūpaṃ ekasmiṃ padese pavattamānaṃ acchitamānatāya nirantaratāya ca abhinnaṭṭhānaṃ viya paññāyati, bhinnanissayattā pana bhinnaṭṭhānameva taṃ, gahaṇavisesena tathāabhinnaṭṭhānamattaṃ, evaṃ ādāsarūpapaṭibimbarūpesupi daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tādisapaccayasamavāyena hi tattha taṃ uppajjati ceva vigacchati ca, evañcetaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa gocarabhāvūpagamanato. Aññathā ālokena vināpi paññāyeyya, cakkhuviññāṇassa vā na gocaro viya siyā. Tassa pana sāmaggiyā so ānubhāvo, yaṃ tathā dassanaṃ hotīti. Acinteyyo hi dhammānaṃ sāmatthiyabhedoti vadantenapi ayamevattho sādhito bhinnanissayassapi abhinnaṭṭhānassa viya upaṭṭhānato. Eteneva udakādīsu paṭibimbarūpābhāvacodanā paṭikkhittā veditabbā.
当映像已经成立,其作为譬喻的性质也就随之成立,因为它显示了因果在空间上的间断性。而所谓“因不相似故非譬喻”的说法,则不合理。何以故?因为譬喻并非总是与被譬喻者完全相似。意在阐明“在死亡诸蕴断灭之处,结生诸蕴得以显现”的道理,所以举面部映像为例:在面部映像中断之处,有作为果的映像生起,此处正是取譬喻的意义。由此可知,以此可以驳斥“没有相续”的非难。显示巴利原文
Siddhe ca paṭibimbarūpe tassa nidassanabhāvo siddhoyeva hoti hetuphalānaṃ vicchinnadesatāvibhāvanato. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘asadisattā na nidassana’’nti, tadayuttaṃ. Kasmā? Na hi nidassanaṃ nāma nidassitabbena sabbadā sadisameva hoti. Cutikkhandhādhānato vicchinnadese upapattikkhandhā pātubhavantīti etassa atthassa sādhanatthaṃ mukharūpato vicchinne ṭhāne tassa phalabhūtaṃ paṭibimbarūpaṃ nibbattatīti ettha tassa nidassanatthassa adhippetattā. Etena asantānacodanā paṭikkhittā veditabbā.
或者,由于面部与映像之间的因果关系已经成立,因此该非难也即被驳斥。因为在具有因果关系的事物之间,才施设“相续”的名称。映像依如前所述的两种原因——面部与镜子——而生起,而结生诸蕴在间断处的生起却并非如此。又,如此处以映像作为譬喻,同样地,回声、灯光、印章等也可作为譬喻。正如回声、灯光、印章等以声音等为因而生起,且不从他处生起,此心识也是如此。显示巴利原文
Yasmā vā mukhapaṭibimbarūpānaṃ hetuphalabhāvo siddho, tasmāpi sā paṭikkhittāva hoti. Hetuphalabhāvasambandhesu hi santānavohāro. Yathāvuttadvīhikāraṇehi paṭibimbaṃ uppajjati bimbato ādāsato ca, na cevaṃ upapattikkhandhānaṃ vicchinnadesuppatti. Yathā cettha paṭibimbarūpaṃ nidassitaṃ, evaṃ paṭighosadīpamuddādayopi nidassitabbā. Yathā hi paṭighosadīpamuddādayo saddādihetukā honti, aññatra agantvā honti, evameva idaṃ cittanti.
再者,应这样质问此“中有论者”:如果因为“诸法在间断处生起不合理”而施设“中有”,那么,在罗睺等的身体上,于相隔千百由旬的足处与心处,身识与意识在间断处的生起又如何合理?若说“由于属于同一相续”,那么此处的情形与其相同。而且,并非以“无色法”为由就能充分回避,因为在五蕴有中,色法与无色法是互相依存的。由现前的诸缘,在间断处果的生起尚且得以成立,更何况由过去的五蕴有诸缘?在异熟识的缘存在之处,其所依的处所及俱生的诸蕴也随而存在。因此,由已得机会的业所引生、并伴随其余诸缘的异熟识,在其生起时,空间的间断并不成为障碍。又,如同虽然相隔千百劫,死亡诸蕴仍是结生诸蕴的无间缘,时间的遥远不成障碍;同样地,虽然相隔千百由旬,它们仍是其无间缘,空间的遥远也不成障碍。如此,在死亡诸蕴灭尽之后,于结生之处,由诸缘和合,结生诸蕴便得显现,因此绝无“中有”。若无“中有”,那么某些人所描述的“中有”的种种因相与行相——如“由能引未来有的业,从彼处便有未来前时有的形态,为同类清净天眼所缘,诸根完具,无有障碍而行,以香为食”等——也就不能成立。显示巴利原文
Apicāyaṃ antarābhavavādī evaṃ pucchitabbo – yadi ‘‘dhammānaṃ vicchinnadesuppatti na yuttā’’ti antarābhavo parikappito, rāhuādīnaṃ sarīre kathamanekayojanasahassantarikesu pādaṭṭhānahadayaṭṭhānesu kāyaviññāṇamanoviññāṇuppatti vicchinnadese yuttā. Yadi ekasantānabhāvato, idhāpi taṃsamānaṃ. Na cettha arūpadhammabhāvato alaṃ parihārāya pañcavokāre rūpārūpadhammānaṃ aññamaññaṃ sambandhattā. Vattamānehi tāva paccayehi vicchinnadese phalassa uppatti siddhā, kimaṅgaṃ pana atītehi pañcavokārabhavehi. Yattha vipākaviññāṇassa paccayo, tatthassa nissayabhūtassa vatthussa sahabhāvīnañca khandhānaṃ sambhavoti laddhokāsena kammunā nibbattiyamānassa avasesapaccayantarasahitassa vipākaviññāṇassa uppattiyaṃ nālaṃ vicchinnadesatā vibandhāya. Yathā ca anekakappasahassantarikāpi cutikkhandhā upapattikkhandhānaṃ anantarapaccayoti na kāladūratā, evaṃ anekayojanasahassantarikāpi te tesaṃ anantarapaccayo hontīti na desadūratā. Evaṃ cutikkhandhanirodhānantaraṃ upapattiṭṭhāne paccayantarasamavāyena paṭisandhikkhandhā pātubhavantīti nattheva antarābhavo. Asati ca tasmiṃ yaṃ tassa keci ‘‘bhāvibhavanibbattakakammuno tato eva bhāvipurimakālabhavākāro sajātisuddhadibbacakkhugocaro ahīnindriyo kenaci appaṭihatagamano gandhāhāro’’ti evamādikāraṇākārādiṃ vaṇṇenti, taṃ vañjhātanayassa rassadīghasāmatādivivādasadisanti veditabbaṃ.
三、欲功德论注释显示巴利原文
3. Kāmaguṇakathāvaṇṇanā
510 “一切”也包括善、不善诸蕴等。因为对于这些,依具有所缘性为特征的欲愿,也可有“可欲”之义,这是意旨所在。在《界论》中说:“欲有由五蕴、十一处、十七界所摄。不由何所摄?不由任何蕴、一处、一界所摄。”因此说:“在《界论》中,唯示异熟诸蕴为欲有。”“五”是数量的限定,为遮遣其他数量,故说“五欲功德”一语,遮遣了其他为欲功德,因此说:“唯五种欲的部分被称为欲。”由此,“欲界”一词并非其他事物的名称,而正是这些的名称,这是其义。此是论敌的己见,故说“以此意旨”。如此,所谓“唯依言说”,即唯依“这些五欲功德”这样的言说,而非依义理的不颠倒之义。显示巴利原文
510.Sabbepīti kusalākusalakkhandhādayopi. Tesampi hi ālambanatthikatālakkhaṇassa kattukamyatāchandassa vasena siyā kamanaṭṭhatāti adhippāyo. Dhātukathāyaṃ ‘‘kāmabhavo pañcahi khandhehi ekādasahi āyatanehi sattarasahi dhātūhi saṅgahito. Katihi asaṅgahito? Na kehici khandhehi ekenāyatanena ekāya dhātuyā asaṅgahito’’ti āgatattā āha ‘‘upādinnakkhandhānameva kāmabhavabhāvo dhātukathāyaṃ dassito’’ti. Pañcāti gaṇanaparicchedo, tadaññagaṇananivattanatthoti ‘‘pañca kāmaguṇā’’ti vacanaṃ tato aññesaṃ tabbhāvaṃ nivattetīti āha ‘‘pañceva kāmakoṭṭhāsā kāmoti vuttā’’ti. Tato eva kāmadhātūti vacanaṃ na aññassa nāmaṃ, tesaṃyeva nāmanti attho. Tayidaṃ paravādino matimattanti vuttaṃ ‘‘iminā adhippāyenā’’ti. Evaṃ vacanamattanti evaṃ ‘‘pañcime kāmaguṇā’’ti vacanamattaṃ nissāya, na panatthassa aviparītaṃ atthanti attho.
五、色界论注释显示巴利原文
5. Rūpadhātukathāvaṇṇanā
515-516 因“色界”一语,即在“欲界、色界、无色界”中,说为“色界”故。唯以有色法,即唯以具有变坏性质的法。“这些三有”等所限定者,即“这些三有、三界”如是所限定。因为说:“在界出现之处,应以有来限定;在有出现之处,应以界来限定。”因此,欲界、色界、无色界诸法,唯以各自地的自性而限定,如是所说。显示巴利原文
515-516.Rūpadhātūti vacanatoti ‘‘kāmadhāturūpadhātuarūpadhātū’’ti ettha rūpadhātūti vuttattā. Rūpīdhammehevāti ruppanasabhāvehiyeva dhammehi. ‘‘Tayome bhavā’’tiādinā paricchinnāti tayome bhavā , tisso dhātuyoti ca evaṃ paricchinnā. ‘‘Dhātuyā āgataṭṭhāne bhavena paricchinditabbaṃ, bhavassa āgataṭṭhāne dhātuyā paricchinditabba’’nti hi vuttaṃ, tasmā kāmarūpārūpāvacaradhammāva taṃtaṃbhummabhāvena paricchinnā evaṃ vuttā.
六、无色界论注释显示巴利原文
6. Arūpadhātukathāvaṇṇanā
517-518 “前论”指关于色界的讨论。“无差别”指依转起之处而不作区分。显示巴利原文
517-518.Purimakathāyanti rūpadhātukathāyaṃ. Avisesenāti pavattiṭṭhānavasena visesaṃ akatvā.
七、色界处论注释显示巴利原文
7. Rūpadhātuyāāyatanakathāvaṇṇanā
519 “以处所性”,即作为依处之特性。“如是类”,指如鼻等之形态。显示巴利原文
519.Okāsabhāvenāti vatthubhāvena. Tathāvidhanti ghānādiākāraṃ.
八、无色与色之论注释显示巴利原文
8. Arūperūpakathāvaṇṇanā
524-526 所谓“出离”,是于有可出离者时方有,非无所出离时而有,故说:“无色有中存在微细色,由此出离,彼即是无色。”显示巴利原文
524-526.Nissaraṇaṃ nāma nissaritabbe sati hoti, na asati, tasmā ‘‘arūpabhave sukhumarūpaṃ atthi, yato nissaraṇaṃ taṃ āruppa’’nti āha.
九、业生色论释显示巴利原文
9. Rūpaṃkammantikathāvaṇṇanā
527-537 “以种种方式造作”,即以种种方式进行造作,令自己及相应诸法的作用得以成就,故说:“于相应诸法中,作增上的作用。”显示巴利原文
527-537.Pakappayamānāti pakārehi kappayamānā attano sampayuttānañca kiccaṃ samatthayamānā. Tenāha ‘‘sampayuttesu adhikaṃ byāpāraṃ kurumānā’’ti.
十、命根之论释显示巴利原文
10. Jīvitindriyakathāvaṇṇanā
540 “取一端而说”是指:在“是否存在无色法之寿、住、持、维持、行、护,是否存在无色命根”这一问题中,执取“存在无色命根”这一边、这一最终定论而加以言说。适合如此说的人,即是在欲求整体时,也会欲求其组成部分。因为离开了组成部分,整体之名便无从安立。显示巴利原文
540.Antaṃgahetvā vadatīti ‘‘atthi arūpadhammānaṃ āyu ṭhiti yapanā yāpanā iriyanā vattanā pālanā, atthi arūpajīvitindriya’’nti tasmiṃ pañhe ‘‘atthi arūpajīvitindriya’’nti imaṃ antaṃ pariyosānaṃ gahetvā vadati. Vattuṃ yutto samudāyassa icchanto tadavayavassa icchatīti. Na hi avayavehi vinā samudāyo nāma atthi.
541 “唯彼”是指:唯指无色、与心不相应者。显示巴利原文
541.Tamevāti arūpaṃ cittavippayuttameva.
542 “在彼时亦”是指:在入定与出定的当下也同样如此。显示巴利原文
542.Tadāpīti samāpajjanavuṭṭhānakālepi.
544-545 “彼者”是指由于在各自之时,对色界与无色界两种命根有所欲求,因此而结合。显示巴利原文
544-545.So yutto dvinnaṃ rūpārūpajīvitindriyānaṃ sakasamaye icchitattā.
十一、业因论释显示巴利原文
11. Kammahetukathāvaṇṇanā
546 在关于“杀生业之因”等的损减论中,由于未来的部分尚未到来,为了显示其中已出现的理趣,而说“其余……等”。所谓“接受之言”,即令对方接受的言语。那是对对方论者而言。或者,为了显示令其接受各自的执见——即令其执取,而说“一方”等。显示巴利原文
546. ‘‘Pāṇātipātakammassa hetū’’tiādikassa parihānikathāyaṃ anāgatattā yo tattha āgatanayo, tameva dassento ‘‘sesanti…pe… vadatī’’ti āha. Sampaṭicchanavacananti sampaṭicchāpanavacanaṃ. Taṃ paravādiṃ. Taṃtaṃladdhisampaṭicchāpanaṃ vā gāhāpananti dassento ‘‘pakkha’’ntiādimāha.
1. 见利益者论释显示巴利原文
1. Ānisaṃsadassāvīkathāvaṇṇanā
547 对于所应见的过患与利益,对方论者虽后来以不同之心而承认,但先前却合在一起承认,且未舍弃彼执见。因此,破斥其意图是合理的,应如此见。正因如此,他说:“无常……等,为已承认之故”。“依所缘”是指以之为所缘,而非依作用成就,这是它的意图。这是对利益论的追问,也是利益的观见。智,如同观智与通达智,亦如随觉智,于流转与还灭中随宜地执行作用,这是合理的,这是它的意图。显示巴利原文
547. Daṭṭhabbassa ādīnavato ānisaṃsato ca yadipi paravādinā pacchā nānācittavasena paṭiññātaṃ, pubbe pana ekato katvā paṭijāni, na ca taṃ laddhiṃ pariccaji. Tenassa adhippāyamaddanaṃ yuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘anicca…pe… paṭiññātattā’’ti. Ārammaṇavasenāti ārammaṇakaraṇavasena, na kiccanipphattivasenāti adhippāyo. Idaṃ ānisaṃsakathānuyuñjanaṃ ānisaṃsadassanañca. Ñāṇaṃ vipassanā paṭivedhañāṇassa viya anubodhañāṇassapi yathārahaṃ pavattinivattīsu kiccakaraṇaṃ yuttanti adhippāyo.
二、不死所缘论释显示巴利原文
2. Amatārammaṇakathāvaṇṇanā
549 549. 如“出于对经教的畏惧”等句,在此,“等”字收摄了“诸比丘,我将为你们宣说无漏法及趋向无漏之道”等经文语句。显示巴利原文
549.Evamādinā suttabhayenāti ettha ādi-saddena ‘‘anāsavañca vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi anāsavagāminiñca paṭipada’’ntiādīni suttapadāni saṅgaṇhāti.
三、色为所缘等论之解释显示巴利原文
3. Rūpaṃsārammaṇantikathāvaṇṇanā
552-553 552-553. 在“彼无依止、无所缘”等句中,“所缘”一词表缘之义。在“色处对眼识界及与其相应诸法,以所缘缘为缘”等句中,则是依止之义,故说“缘义即依止义”。如此,当有区分时,缘之义是依缘而转起,依止之义则如杖与绳等,对于羸弱的心、心所,因有所依而予以支持之义。或者,由于缘性的共通性,假立为无有差别。显示巴利原文
552-553. ‘‘Tadappatiṭṭhaṃ anārammaṇa’’ntiādīsu paccayattho ārammaṇa-saddo. ‘‘Rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo’’tiādīsu olubbhaṭṭhoti āha ‘‘paccayaṭṭho olubbhaṭṭho’’ti. Evaṃ vibhāge vijjamāneti tattha paccayāyattavuttitā paccayaṭṭho, daṇḍarajjuādi viya dubbalassa cittacetasikānaṃ ālambitabbatāya upatthambhanaṭṭho olubbhaṭṭho. Visesābhāvaṃ paccayabhāvasāmaññena kappetvā vā.
四、随眠非所缘等论之注释显示巴利原文
4. Anusayāanārammaṇātikathāvaṇṇanā
554-556 554-556. 通过“此有故”这一方式,未断灭也被涵摄其中,故说“因未断故,说为有”。然而并非以“存在”之义,这是以简别加以遣除。所谓“存在”,是指存在、持续、具足三刹那之义。显示巴利原文
554-556. ‘‘Imasmiṃ satī’’ti iminā maggena aniruddhatāpi saṅgahitāti āha ‘‘appahīnattāva atthīti vuccatī’’ti. Na pana vijjamānattāti avadhāraṇena nivattitaṃ dasseti, vijjamānattā dharamānattā khaṇattayasamaṅgibhāvatoti attho.
五、智非所缘等论之注释显示巴利原文
5. Ñāṇaṃanārammaṇantikathāvaṇṇanā
557-558 由于已证得彼,阿罗汉于应遍知等法无余断除了愚痴;针对那最上道智,他们称之为“道智”。因为于他,一切所作皆如依念而为,实为正知所作,故凭此智,他成为智者。因为他是已达念与慧圆满的最上士。显示巴利原文
557-558. Yassa adhigatattā arahato pariññeyyādīsu anavasesato sammoho vigato, taṃ aggamaggañāṇaṃ sandhāya ‘‘maggañāṇassā’’ti vadanti. Yasmā tassa sabbassa satokāritā viya sampajānakāritā, tasmā tena ñāṇena so ñāṇī. Satipaññāvepullappatto hi so uttamapuriso.
七、对“随寻而起”之论的注释显示巴利原文
7. Vitakkānupatitakathāvaṇṇanā
562 “以二”者,即依二种差别,不将差别作差别想之义。显示巴利原文
562.Dvīhipīti dvīhi visesehi, visesena visesaṃ akatvāti attho.
八、寻之扩散为声论之注释显示巴利原文
8. Vitakkavipphārasaddakathāvaṇṇanā
563 “一切”者,即依一切方式;而彼方式,应依转起之处所与时间来把握,故说“于一切处或一切时”。而彼处所与时间,依“寻思者”等语,应依心之差别来把握,故说“于有寻心中”。不如理地执取“寻思已,发出言语”的经句,而说“声音仅是寻的扩散”。显示巴利原文
563.Sabbasoti sabbappakārato, so pana pakāro pavattiṭṭhānakālavasena gahetabboti āha ‘‘sabbattha sabbadā vā’’ti. Te ca ṭhānakālā ‘‘vitakkayato’’tiādivacanato cittavisesavasena gahetabbāti vuttaṃ ‘‘savitakkacittesū’’ti. ‘‘Vitakketvā vācaṃ bhindatī’’ti suttapadaṃ ayoniso gahetvā ‘‘vitakkavipphāramattaṃ saddo’’ti āha.
九、非如心之语等论释显示巴利原文
9. Nayathācittassavācātikathāvaṇṇanā
565 “非妄语”,乃与“无犯”相关联。显示巴利原文
565. Musāvādo na hotīti vuttaṃ anāpattīti sambandho.
十一、过去未来具足论之注释显示巴利原文
11. Atītānāgatasamannāgatakathāvaṇṇanā
568-570 “具足施设”即具足状态的施设。因此他说:“具足现在法者,称为具足。”“获得施设”即证得的施设。此处,对于被称为“具足”的人,应如此表述,这便名为具足施设。此理于其余诸项亦然。显示巴利原文
568-570.Samannāgatapaññattiyāti samaṅgibhāvapaññattiyā. Tenevāha ‘‘paccuppannadhammasamaṅgī samannāgatoti vuccatī’’ti. Paṭilābhapaññattiyāti adhigamanapaññattiyā. Ayanti ‘‘samannāgato’’ti vuccamānapuggalassa yo tathā vattabbākāro, ayaṃ samannāgatapaññatti nāma. Esa nayo sesesupi.
十、第十品显示巴利原文
10. Dasamavaggo
一、灭论注释显示巴利原文
1. Nirodhakathāvaṇṇanā
571-572 在自宗中,所持的观点是:“前心灭已,无间后心生起。”然而对方论者说:“于有分心之刹那,唯作心即于同一刹那生起。”若如此,则前心与后心的同时存在也被认可。因此他说:“与坏灭刹那俱。”若如此,则如异熟蕴与唯作蕴、唯作蕴与异熟蕴、异熟蕴与异熟蕴、唯作蕴与唯作蕴,依所说之理,也应说为同时存在。为显示此义,他说“有分心”等。其中,以生有之状态而应被寻求、应被欲求者,即是生有寻求之异熟蕴,它们大多是有分之同义语,故注释书中说:“称为生有寻求之有分心”。因为彼之始末仅仅是结生心与死心,彼所缘即称为有分。眼识等,因落于唯作之中间,故以执取唯作四蕴来把握,是合理的。所谓“眼识等”,此中“等”字不仅包含耳识等,也包含领受、推度等,应如此看待。显示巴利原文
571-572. Sakasamaye ‘‘purimacittassa nirodhānantaraṃ pacchimacittaṃ uppajjatī’’ti icchitaṃ, paravādī pana ‘‘yasmiṃ khaṇe bhavaṅgacittaṃ, tasmiṃyeva khaṇe kiriyamayacittaṃ uppajjatī’’ti vadati. Evaṃ sati purimapacchimacittānaṃ sahabhāvopi anuññāto hoti. Tenāha ‘‘bhaṅgakkhaṇena sahevā’’ti. Tathā ca sati vipākakiriyakkhandhānaṃ viya kiriyavipākakkhandhānaṃ vipākavipākakkhandhānaṃ kiriyakiriyakkhandhānañca vuttanayena sahabhāvo vattabboti imamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘bhavaṅgacittassā’’tiādimāha. Tattha upapattibhavabhāvena esiyā icchitabbāti upapattesiyā vipākakkhandhā, te ca yebhuyyena bhavaṅgapariyāyakāti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘upapattesiyanti saṅkhaṃ gatassa bhavaṅgacittassā’’ti. Ādipariyosānamattañhi tassa paṭisandhicuticittaṃ, tadārammaṇaṃ bhavaṅgantveva vuccatīti. Cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ kiriyāvemajjhe patitattā kiriyācatukkhandhaggahaṇena gahaṇaṃ yuttanti vuttaṃ. Cakkhuviññāṇādīnanti hi ādi-saddena na sotaviññāṇādīnaṃyeva gahaṇaṃ, atha kho sampaṭicchanasantīraṇānampīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
三、具五识者之道论注释显示巴利原文
3. Pañcaviññāṇasamaṅgissamaggakathāvaṇṇanā
576 “相”是指五识以已生起之所缘等不虚妄的样态为其特相。虽然意识也有无依处的情况,但在有依处时,它同样只以已生起的依处为依处。正如巴利圣典在安立中所说:“若五识为已生起之所缘”,正是此意。因为意识也有“已生起之依处”这一同义语,所以为了彰显此意,才说“六识是已生起之依处”;若不说“五识”而说,便不能成立“否,具五识者确实不可说有道之修习”这一说法。显示巴利原文
576.Lakkhaṇanti pañcaviññāṇānaṃ uppannārammaṇatādiavitathekappakāratālakkhaṇaṃ. Kāmaṃ manoviññāṇaṃ avatthukampi hoti, savatthukatte pana tampi uppannavatthukameva. Tathā hi pāḷiyaṃ ṭhapanāyaṃ ‘‘hañci pañcaviññāṇā uppannārammaṇā’’tveva vuttaṃ. Manoviññāṇassapi uppannavatthukatāpariyāyo atthīti ‘‘pañca viññāṇā’’ti avatvā ‘‘cha viññāṇā uppannavatthukā’’ti vutte ‘‘no ca vata re vattabbe pañcaviññāṇasamaṅgissa atthi maggabhāvanā’’ti vattuṃ na sakkāti dassento āha ‘‘cha viññāṇā…pe… adhippeta’’nti.
577 “无相、空、无愿”是涅槃的同义语。当眼识处于执取无相的状态时,也可能以空为所缘,因此说“那本身就是空,这是意旨所在”。显示巴利原文
577. ‘‘Animittaṃ suññataṃ appaṇihita’’nti nibbānassa te pariyāyā. Cakkhuviññāṇassa animittagāhibhāve suññatārammaṇatāpi siyāti vuttaṃ ‘‘tadeva suññatanti adhippāyo’’ti.
五、五识有作意论注释显示巴利原文
5. Pañcaviññāṇāsābhogātikathāvaṇṇanā
584-586 然而,它是在转向之后转起的。“执取所缘的样态”,是指执取所缘为可意或不可意的样态。正是基于这种对所缘样态的执取,善心才与无贪等相应,不善心才与贪等相应,他借此显示这就是“作意”。显示巴利原文
584-586.Sā pana namitvā pavatti. Ārammaṇappakāraggahaṇanti ārammaṇassa iṭṭhāniṭṭhappakārassa gahaṇaṃ. Yena ārammaṇappakāraggahaṇena kusalacittassa alobhādīhi sampayogo akusalacittassa lobhādīhi sampayogo hoti, so ābhogoti dasseti.
六、二戒论之注释显示巴利原文
6. Dvīhisīlehītikathāvaṇṇanā
587-589 “不转起之灭”即是不再转起之灭。戒的违犯本身之灭,即是戒违犯之灭。他正在观察那些刹那的灭。显示巴利原文
587-589.Appavattinirodhanti anuppādanirodhaṃ. Sīlassa vītikkamoyeva nirodho sīlavītikkamanirodho. Ninnānaṃ khaṇikanirodhaṃ sallakkhento.
七、戒非心所论注释显示巴利原文
7. Sīlaṃacetasikantikathāvaṇṇanā
590-594 “以住立者、以不坏者”,“以积聚”是指以戒为体的业之积聚。如“布施非心所”论中所说的方法那样,即如巴利圣典所说:“不应说‘心所法是布施’吗?是的。布施有可爱果……因此,心所法是布施。”同样地,依循于此,引出“不应说‘戒是心所’吗?是的。戒有可爱果”等,并引证成立戒为心所的经句,通过显示其义而说明:非心所的色等法能于未来给予果报。如果它是戒,那么没有防护、没有受持、没有远离亦可名为具戒者。然而,因为受持之思、远离、防护即是戒,所以应作“戒有可爱果、可意果”等的连结,正是为了这个意思而说“依所说的方法”,即依循所说的方法。然而,因为在巴利圣典中,正如有“戒非心所”之论,却没有单独出现“布施非心所”之论,所以说“然而,那个论是可寻求的”。显示巴利原文
590-594.Ṭhitena avinaṭṭhena. Upacayenāti sīlabhūtena kammūpacayena. ‘‘Dānaṃ acetasika’’nti kathāyaṃ vuttanayenāti yathā ‘‘na vattabbaṃ cetasiko dhammo dānanti? Āmantā. Dānaṃ aniṭṭhaphalanti…pe… tena hi cetasiko dhammo dāna’’nti pāḷi pavattā, evaṃ tadanusārena ‘‘na vattabbaṃ cetasikaṃ sīlanti? Āmantā. Sīlaṃ aniṭṭhaphala’’ntiādinā sīlassa cetasikabhāvasādhakāni suttapadāni ca ānetvā tadatthadassanavasena acetasiko rūpādidhammo āyatiṃ vipākaṃ deti. Yadi so sīlaṃ bhaveyya, vinā saṃvarasamādānena vinā viratiyā sīlavā nāma siyā. Yasmā pana samādānacetanā virati saṃvaro sīlaṃ, tasmā ‘‘sīlaṃ iṭṭhaphalaṃ kantaphala’’ntiādinā yojanā kātabbāti imamatthaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘vuttanayenā’’ti, vuttanayānusārenāti attho. Yasmā pana pāḷiyaṃ yathā ‘‘sīlaṃ acetasika’’nti kathā āgatā, tathā ‘‘dānaṃ acetasika’’nti visuṃ āgatā kathā natthi, tasmā ‘‘sā pana kathā maggitabbā’’ti vuttaṃ.
九、受持为因论注释显示巴利原文
9. Samādānahetukathāvaṇṇanā
598-600 在受持为因论中,从“触给予”开始,直到“黑白相对之法现前”,以及引用园植等经,仅此部分与受用论相似,故说“受持……应见”。显示巴利原文
598-600. Samādānahetukathāyaṃ ‘‘phasso detī’’ti ārabhitvā yāva kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgā dhammā sammukhībhāvaṃ āgacchantīti ārāmaropādisuttāharaṇañcāti ettakameva paribhogakathāya sadisanti āha ‘‘samādāna…pe… daṭṭhabbā’’ti.
十一、无表恶戒论释显示巴利原文
11. Aviññattidussīlyantikathāvaṇṇanā
603-604 依于大种而生起、即使在不同的心刹那也能获得、与善或不善相随的“无表”,此说法被纳入“与心不相应的非福积聚”之中。因此,为显示与此不同的相随,而说“于命令时”等;为说明这一点,而说“命令……意旨”。其中,当被命令者以被命令的身份完成伤害等行为时,应知命令在杀生等之中是支分。然而,那种命令由于是异时状态,故称为无表,这是其他论师的意旨。为显示这一点,而说“于一日”等。显示巴利原文
603-604. Mahābhūtāni upādāya pavatto aññacittakkhaṇepi labbhamāno kusalākusalānubandho aviññattīti ayaṃ vādo ‘‘cittavippayutto apuññūpacayo’’ti iminā saṅgahitoti tato aññānubandhāyaṃ ‘‘āṇattiyā’’tiādi vuttanti taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘āṇattiyā…pe… adhippāyo’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha āṇatto yadā āṇattabhāvena vihiṃsādikiriyaṃ sādheti, tadā āṇattiyā pāṇātipātādīsu aṅgabhāvo veditabbo. Sā panāṇatti pārivāsikabhāvena viññattirahitā nāma hotīti paravādino adhippāyo, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘ekasmiṃ divase’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
十一、第十一品显示巴利原文
11. Ekādasamavaggo
四、智论释显示巴利原文
4. Ñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
614-615 被称为“暗昧者”的东山部、西山部、王山部、义成就部,也大多是大众部,故说“先前……可能是”。其中,“其他”一词是因两种论说直接相反。因为前者主张具眼识等者为“智者”,而后者主张同一个人不可称为“智者”。离贪是贪的断除,同样,离无明是无明的断除。正如已断无明者,从对立面看来可称为“无智者”,却被称作“智者”;同样,未断无明者,从对立面看来可称为“智者”,却被称作“无智者”。由于无明的离去,他可称为“智者”,但并非恒常、持续地有智转起,这是论意。显示巴利原文
614-615. ‘‘Andhakā’’ti vuttā pubbaseliyaaparaseliyarājagirikasiddhatthikāpi yebhuyyena mahāsaṅghikā evāti vuttaṃ ‘‘pubbe…pe… bhaveyyu’’nti. Tattha aññeti vacanaṃ dvinnaṃ kathānaṃ ujuvipaccanīkabhāvato. Purimakānañhi cakkhuviññāṇādisamaṅgī ‘‘ñāṇī’’ti vuccati, imesaṃ so eva ‘‘ñāṇī’’ti na vattabboti vutto. Rāgavigamo rāgassa samucchindanaṃ, tathā aññāṇavigamo. Yathā samucchinnāvijjo ‘‘ñāṇī’’ti, paṭipakkhato ‘‘aññāṇī’’ti, evaṃ asamucchinnāvijjo ‘‘aññāṇī’’ti, paṭipakkhato ‘‘ñāṇī’’ti vutto. Aññāṇassa vigatattā so ‘‘ñāṇī’’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjati, na pana satataṃ samitaṃ ñāṇassa pavattanatoti adhippāyo.
七、神通力论释显示巴利原文
7. Iddhibalakathāvaṇṇanā
621-624 对于在那个寿劫中因业尽而死的,说“以业的异熟之力”;对于因寿尽而死的,说“以年数计”。其中,依据“只要那恶业尚未耗尽,他便不会死”(中部3.250;增支部3.36)的说法,在地狱中大多因业尽而死,故说“以业的异熟之力,是就地狱而言”。依据“百年、千年、百千年”等对人类及诸天寿量的限定之说,他们大多因寿尽而死,故说“以年数计,是就人类及四大王天等诸天而言”。应引“说”字来连结。显示巴利原文
621-624. Yasmiṃ āyukappe kammakkhayena maraṇaṃ hoti, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘kammassa vipākavasenā’’ti, yasmiṃ pana āyukkhayena maraṇaṃ hoti, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘vassagaṇanāyā’’ti. Tattha ‘‘na ca tāva kālaṃ karoti, yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantī hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.250; a. ni. 3.36) vacanato yebhuyyena niraye kammakkhayena maraṇaṃ hotīti āha ‘‘kammassa vipākavasena vāti nirayaṃva sandhāya vutta’’nti. ‘‘Vassasataṃ vassasahassaṃ vassasatasahassānī’’tiādinā manussānaṃ devānañca āyuparicchedavacanato yebhuyyena tesaṃ āyukkhayena maraṇaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ ‘‘vassagaṇanāya vāti manusse cātumahārājikādideve ca sandhāyā’’ti. ‘‘Vutta’’nti ānetvā yojetabbaṃ.
八、定论释显示巴利原文
8. Samādhikathāvaṇṇanā
625-626 “以安立平等之义”:即排除不平等——昏沉、掉举等,令心安住于平等之义;或仅破除散乱,安立(于平等)之义。若说“心相续是定”,则否定了它的心所性,故(论主)说:“不执取‘有心所之差别’”。若否定依修习所引生的殊胜一境性中存在的殊胜差别,便是虚诳;而此否定是针对那未由修习引生殊胜、仅就通相而言的一境性,故说“仅就通相而已”。显示巴利原文
625-626.Samaṃ ṭhapanaṭṭhenāti samaṃ visamaṃ līnuddhaccādiṃ paṭibāhitvā, vikkhepameva vā viddhaṃsetvā ṭhapanaṭṭhena. ‘‘Cittasantati samādhī’’ti vadantena tassa cetasikabhāvo paṭikkhitto hotīti āha ‘‘cetasikantaraṃ atthīti aggahetvā’’ti. Bhāvanāya āhitavisesāya ekaggatāya vijjamānavisesapaṭikkhepo chalaṃ, so panassa anāhitavisesāya ekaggatāya sāmaññenāti āha ‘‘sāmaññamattenā’’ti.
九、法住性论释显示巴利原文
9. Dhammaṭṭhitatākathāvaṇṇanā
627 “无明之住立性”:是指无明作为诸行无间缘的状态中,那种被称为法住定性的必然性——此即固有自性之住立、是已生起者;并非仅依“法性之住立是已生起”这一层面而论,而是意味着:那名为无间缘状态的住立本身,即是缘性。所谓“无彼此缘状态者”,应视为遮遣俱生缘、依止缘等之语,非仅遮遣彼此缘性而已。通过“一切彼类”一词,含摄了等无间缘、无间缘、亲依止缘、有缘、离去缘等。而“以及彼此缘性”,此处亦应依前述之理了知。但在此处,尚需依果法亦为缘、以及与诸行的关系来搭配。故说“而彼之另一”。显示巴利原文
627.Avijjāyayā ṭhitatāti avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ anantarapaccayabhāve yā niyatatā dhammaniyāmatāsaṅkhātā, yā ṭhitasabhāvatā nipphannā , na dhammamattatāṭṭhitatāya nipphannāya vasena, anantarapaccayabhāvasaṅkhātā ṭhitatā paccayatā hotīti attho. Aññamaññapaccayabhāvarahitassāti idaṃ sahajātanissayādipaccayānaṃ paṭikkhepapadaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na aññamaññapaccayatāmattassa. Sabbo tādisoti iminā samanantaraanantarūpanissayanatthivigatāsevanādikaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Aññamaññapaccayatañcāti etthāpi vuttanayena attho veditabbo. Ettha pana paccayuppannassapi paccayabhāvato saṅkhārānampi vasena yojetabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘tassā ca itarā’’ti.
十、无常性论注释显示巴利原文
10. Aniccatākathāvaṇṇanā
628 色等之无常,于色等存在时则有,不存在时则无——以此方式,说明了无常与他们同其生灭。于生等三相中有无常之施设,犹如依三杖而安立“三杖”之名,此名适用于一切三杖;如是,有生、老、死者非常,是无常。因其有生等性质,故以“无常”一词称之——于生等相有无常之施设,故说“于三相……有”。“依差别而推究”,即依分类而推究。其中,依老与坏方能令无常明显,并非如依生那样;是故应知,圣典中唯依老死而显示无常之差别。显示巴利原文
628. Rūpādīnaṃ aniccatā rūpādike sati hoti, asati na hotīti iminā pariyāyena tassā tehi saha uppādanirodho vutto, uppādādīsu tīsu lakkhaṇesu aniccatāvohāro hotīti yathā tayo daṇḍe upādāya pavatto tidaṇḍavohāro tesu sabbesu hoti, evaṃ jātijarāmaraṇadhammo na nicco anicco, tassa jātiādipakatitā aniccatāsaddena vuccatīti uppādādīsu lakkhaṇesu aniccatāvohāro sambhavatīti vuttaṃ ‘‘tīsu…pe… hotī’’ti. Vibhāgānuyuñjanavasenāti pabhedānuyuñjanavasena. Tattha yathā jarābhaṅgavasena aniccatā pākaṭā hoti, na tathā jātivasenāti pāḷiyaṃ jarāmaraṇavaseneva aniccatāvibhāgo dassitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
十二、第十二品显示巴利原文
12. Dvādasamavaggo
一、防护与业论注释显示巴利原文
1. Saṃvarokammantikathāvaṇṇanā
630-632 由于一切心皆有意门性,故说:“有分心即异熟门。”显示巴利原文
630-632. Sabbassapi manaso manodvārabhāvato ‘‘vipākadvāranti bhavaṅgamanaṃ vadatī’’ti āha.
二、业论注释显示巴利原文
2. Kammakathāvaṇṇanā
633-635 说“有异熟”,唯是为了显示有异熟法;于已说之余,更说“有异熟”一语,其义即已成就。显示巴利原文
633-635.Savipākāpidassitāyeva nāma hoti vuttāvasiṭṭhā savipākāti atthasiddhattā.
四、六处论注释显示巴利原文
4. Saḷāyatanakathāvaṇṇanā
638-640 由于意处的一部分是异熟,故说“无差别地”。显示巴利原文
638-640. Manāyatanekadesassa vipākassa atthitāya ‘‘avisesenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
五、最多七返者论注释显示巴利原文
5. Sattakkhattuparamakathāvaṇṇanā
641-645 “此”,即此最多七返者。故说:“又于最多七返者,你欲求决定。”以何无间业?所谓“中间”,即未在七有中受生,而在它们之间。某些人,指无畏山住者;其他人,指造论者。所谓“彼”,即被世尊以智决断而记说的最多七返者、家家者或一种子者。于其所说决断的中间,并无更上道的证得,因为所说非虚妄故。唯如其决断而现观。此一分别应依他们补特伽罗的根差别而了知,因为并不存在如是(于中间现观)的补特伽罗在“有”的决定中。若有任何软根之人,亦能依殊胜缘转成利根,因此顾及如是(补特伽罗),而说“可能,彼非不可能”。然而世尊不依“最多七返”等决定而记说如是(补特伽罗),故说:“然非说于中间可能现观。”此理当绝对遵从。为显示否则补特伽罗将成杂乱,故说“若又”等。显示巴利原文
641-645.Assāti imassa sattakkhattuparamassa. Tenāha ‘‘sattakkhattuparamabhāve ca niyāmaṃ icchasī’’ti. Yena ānantariyakammena. Antarāti satta bhave anibbattetvā tesaṃ antareyeva. Kecīti abhayagirivāsino. Apareti padakārā. Tassāti yo sattakkhattuparamoti vā, kolaṃkoloti vā, ekabījīti vā bhagavatā ñāṇena paricchinditvā byākato, tassa yathāvuttaparicchedā antarā uparimaggādhigamo natthi avitathadesanattā. Yathāparicchedameva tassa abhisamayo, svāyaṃ vibhāgo tesaṃyeva puggalānaṃ indriyaparopariyattena veditabbo bhavaniyāmena tādisassa kassaci abhāvato. Yasmā kassaci mudukānipi indriyāni paccayavisesena tikkhabhāvaṃ āpajjeyyuṃ, tasmā tādisaṃ sandhāya ‘‘bhabboti vuccati, na so abhabbo nāmā’’ti ca vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana bhagavā na tādisaṃ ‘‘sattakkhattuparamo’’tiādinā niyametvā byākaroti, tasmā āha ‘‘na pana antarā abhisametuṃ bhabbatā vuttā’’ti. Ayañca nayo ekantena icchitabbo. Aññathā puggalassa saṅkaro siyāti dassento ‘‘yadi cā’’tiādimāha.
十三、第十三品显示巴利原文
13. Terasamavaggo
一、劫住论注释显示巴利原文
1. Kappaṭṭhakathāvaṇṇanā
654-657 “唯依下文所说之义”——此指在《神通力论》中所说:“过去、未来——此无差别地‘住立一劫’,因已被承诺而受诘问”等,为了指涉此义而说“下文,即在《神通力论》中”。其中,因诘问超越“二劫”等寿命限量的能力而引出;然而在此,破僧者住世一寿命劫,若问“他是否住立一大劫?”正如(他住立)一大劫那样,他也能住立众多劫,应作这样的诘问。显示巴利原文
654-657. ‘‘Heṭṭhā vuttādhippāyamevā’’ti idaṃ iddhibalakathāyaṃ yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘atītaṃ anāgatanti idaṃ avisesena kappaṃ tiṭṭheyyāti paṭiññātattā codetī’’tiādi, taṃ sandhāya vuttanti āha ‘‘heṭṭhāti iddhibalakathāya’’nti. Tattha ‘‘dve kappe’’tiādiāyuparicchedātikkamasamatthatācodanāvasena āgatā, idha pana saṅghabhedako āyukappameva aṭṭhatvā yadi ekaṃ mahākappaṃ tiṭṭheyya, yathā ekaṃ, evaṃ anekepi kappe tiṭṭheyyāti codanā kātabbā.
四、决定与正决定论注释显示巴利原文
4. Niyatassaniyāmakathāvaṇṇanā
663-664 “未达正决定者”,即未生起邪决定与正决定法的补特伽罗,于他们之法。他们又是谁?即如上所说补特伽罗相续所摄之法。他们因属于三地,故说为“三地者”。然而,于已达正决定者的相续中转起的不定法,在此并未被摄受,因为那些(补特伽罗)具足不定性并无此事。是故说:“即使具足他们,也唯是不定。”此仅是施设,以此显示所谓正决定并无任何实法,唯因积聚资粮堪能现观而这样说。此依“决定”一词的因缘而说,当知此理趣。两者也是如此,即“决定”与“趣入正决定”,此为双词之说。显示巴利原文
663-664.Appattaniyāmānanti ye anuppannamicchattasammattaniyatadhammā puggalā, tesaṃ dhamme. Ke pana te? Yathāvuttapuggalasantānapariyāpannā dhammā. Te hi bhūmittayapariyāpannatāya ‘‘tebhūmakā’’ti vuttā. Ye pana pattaniyāmānaṃ santāne pavattā aniyatadhammā, na tesamettha saṅgaho kato. Na hi tehi samannāgamena aniyatatā atthi. Tenevāha ‘‘tehi samannāgatopi aniyatoyevā’’ti. Imaṃ vohāramattanti iminā niyāmo nāma koci dhammo natthi, upacitasambhāratāya abhisambujjhituṃ bhabbatāva tathā vuccatīti dasseti. Niyatoti vacanassa kāraṇabhāvena vuttoti yojanā. Ubhayassapīti niyato niyāmaṃ okkamatīti vacanadvayassa.
八、非乐境贪论注释显示巴利原文
8. Asātarāgakathāvaṇṇanā
674 “如此转起”:即以“啊,愿我拥有”这样的希求方式转起。否则,即以欢喜园等享乐的方式转起。显示巴利原文
674.Evaṃ pavattamānoti ‘‘aho vata me bhaveyyā’’ti evaṃ patthanākārena pavattamāno. Aññathāti nandanādiākārena.
九、“法渴爱是无记”论注释显示巴利原文
9. Dhammataṇhāabyākatātikathāvaṇṇanā
676-680 “Gahetvā”:借此显示那仅是执取,并非真有那样的渴爱。因为并不存在以出世间为所缘的无记渴爱。“以三种部分”:即依欲有渴爱、有渴爱、无有渴爱而分。若依色渴爱等分别,渴爱也有六种。显示巴利原文
676-680.Gahetvāti etena gahaṇamattameva taṃ, na pana sā tādisī atthīti dasseti. Na hi lokuttarārammaṇā abyākatā vā taṇhā atthīti. Tīhi koṭṭhāsehīti kāmabhavavibhavataṇhākoṭṭhāsehi. Rūpataṇhādibhedā chapi taṇhā.
第十四品显示巴利原文
14. Cuddasamavaggo
善与不善结生论注释显示巴利原文
1. Kusalākusalapaṭisandahanakathāvaṇṇanā
686-690 此处,结生与连接即是以无间缘的状态,故说“令其无间生起”。显示巴利原文
686-690. Anantarapaccayabhāvoyevettha paṭisandhānaṃ ghaṭanañcāti āha ‘‘anantaraṃ uppādetī’’ti.
六处生起论注释显示巴利原文
2. Saḷāyatanuppattikathāvaṇṇanā
691-692 所谓“有些论者”,是就数论派而言。因为他们主张显了之说,认为果在因中本已存在,但处于未显现的状态,后来才得以显现。他们宣称:在种子阶段,树等体性虽已存在,芽等却不会显现,唯有种子本身显现出来。显示巴利原文
691-692.Keci vādinoti kāpile sandhāyāha. Te hi abhibyattavādino vijjamānameva kāraṇe phalaṃ anabhibyattaṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ pacchā abhibyattiṃ gacchatīti vadantā bījāvatthāya vijjamānāpi rukkhādīnaṃ na aṅkurādayo āvibhavanti, bījamattaṃ āvibhāvaṃ gacchatīti kathenti.
无间缘论注释显示巴利原文
3. Anantarapaccayakathāvaṇṇanā
693-697 “观察无间生起”:指认为在眼识之后会有耳识无间生起。由于说到“耳识”,便否定了它依止于眼、以色为所缘,而承认了它依止于耳、以声为所缘,因此说“他并非在眼处而以声为所缘”。其中,“以声为所缘”应连接“他想要耳识”来理解。而这是由于秉持“眼识之后有耳识生起”的邪见,才如此推论,因此说“由依无间所得而陷入”。显示巴利原文
693-697.Anantaruppattiṃ sallakkhentoti cakkhuviññāṇānantaraṃ sotaviññāṇuppattiṃ maññamāno. Sotaviññāṇanti vacaneneva tassa cakkhusannissayatā rūpārammaṇatā ca paṭikkhittā, paṭiññātā ca sotasannissayatā saddārammaṇatā cāti āha ‘‘na so cakkhumhi saddārammaṇa’’nti. Tattha saddārammaṇanti ‘‘sotaviññāṇaṃ icchatī’’ti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Tayidaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa anantaraṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ uppajjatīti laddhiyā evaṃ ñāyatīti āha ‘‘anantarūpaladdhivasena āpannattā’’ti.
圣色论注释显示巴利原文
4. Ariyarūpakathāvaṇṇanā
698-699 “正语等”:即正语、正业。其中,正语以音声为自性,另一者(正业)以身表为自性;或者他认为这两者都是表色——以此意图,他执持了“(圣)色”的邪见。显示巴利原文
698-699.Sammāvācādīti sammāvācākammantā. Tattha sammāvācā saddasabhāvā, itaro ca kāyaviññattisabhāvo, ubhayampi vā viññattīti adhippāyena rūpantissa laddhi.
5. 其他随眠论注释显示巴利原文
5. Aññoanusayotikathāvaṇṇanā
700-701 “在那时”:指善心或无记心的刹那。“So hi”是后文。显示巴利原文
700-701.Tasmiṃ samayeti kusalābyākatacittakkhaṇe. So hīti pacchimapāṭho.
6. 缠是心不相应论注释显示巴利原文
6. Pariyuṭṭhānaṃcittavippayuttantikathāvaṇṇanā
702 “Te”:指贪等。“Tasmā”:因为即使是在观照者,贪等也会生起,因此(这么说)。显示巴利原文
702.Teti rāgādayo. Tasmāti yasmā vipassantassapi rāgādayo uppajjanti, tasmā.
所摄论注释显示巴利原文
7. Pariyāpannakathāvaṇṇanā
703-705 “依烦恼、事物、处所”:即依烦恼欲、事物欲、地而说。“与色界俱行而随眠”:意思是,欲贪如同在称为欲寻的欲界中,于因缘和合时适于生起,在色界中也是如此。随眠,即是获得贪等之因时,适于生起的状态。显示巴利原文
703-705.Kilesavatthuokāsavasenāti kilesakāmavatthukāmabhūmivasena. Rūpadhātusahagatavasena anusetīti kāmarāgo yathā kāmavitakkasaṅkhātāya kāmadhātuyā saha paccayasamavāye uppajjanāraho, tameva rūpadhātuyāpīti attho. Rāgādikāraṇalābhe uppattiarahatā hi anusayanaṃ.
无记论注释显示巴利原文
8. Abyākatakathāvaṇṇanā
706-608 “以一切方式”:既以非异熟的方式,也以常见等方式。显示巴利原文
706-608.Sabbathāpīti avipākabhāvenapi sassatādibhāvenapi.
九、非所摄论注释显示巴利原文
9. Apariyāpannakathāvaṇṇanā
709-710 因此,他们解释说:见并不属于世间。若如此,则会有过度推论之过,即会产生“离贪者”等称谓。之后,他们另作解释说:“于色见”等,其中以“等”字包含无色见等。这是依他宗意图所作的义理阐明,故说“若属于世间的话”。“若如此”意思是:若见属于欲界。“因此”是由于没有“离见者”这样的称谓,因为他的见并未离去,所以不被称为“离见者”。“以何”:即以欲见的状态。显示巴利原文
709-710.Tasmā diṭṭhi lokiyapariyāpannā na hotīti atthaṃ vadanti, evaṃ sati atippasaṅgo hoti vītadosādivohārabhāvatoti. Tato aññathā atthaṃ vadanto ‘‘rūpadiṭṭhiyā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ādi-saddena arūpadiṭṭhiādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Paravādiadhippāyavasena ayamatthavibhāvanāti āha ‘‘yadi ca pariyāpannā siyā’’ti. Tathā ca satīti diṭṭhiyā kāmadhātupariyāpannatte satīti attho. Tasmāti ‘‘vītadiṭṭhiko’’ti evaṃ vohārābhāvato. Na hi sā tassa avigatā diṭṭhi, yato so vītadiṭṭhikoti na vuccati. Yenāti kāmadiṭṭhibhāvena.
十五、第十五品显示巴利原文
15. Pannarasamavaggo
一、缘性论注释显示巴利原文
1. Paccayatākathāvaṇṇanā
711-717 “确定”即不混杂。若一法以某种缘的状态而为缘,同时却又具有其他缘的状态,那么缘性便可称为混杂。他反对那些相违、不可能共存的不同缘的状态同时存在。显示巴利原文
711-717.Vavatthitoti asaṃkiṇṇo. Yo hi dhammo yena paccayabhāvena paccayo hoti, tassa tato aññenapi paccayabhāve sati paccayatā saṃkiṇṇā nāma bhaveyya. Viruddhāsambhavīnaṃ viya tabbidhurānaṃ paccayabhāvānaṃ sahabhāvaṃ paṭikkhipati.
二、相互缘论注释显示巴利原文
2. Aññamaññapaccayakathāvaṇṇanā
718-719 因为既说“俱生”,又说“非以行为缘而有无明”,这是他的意图。事实上,即使以无间等缘,诸行也确实是无明的缘。未说“相互无间”,而说“不离无间”和“相应”,这是说法次第的差别。由摄受“有”,便已摄受了有缘本身,如是,法即成为依止缘。“以不共”:即以此词不同于其他词的不共性。因此说“因为将说”等。显示巴利原文
718-719.Sahajātāti vuttattā na saṅkhārapaccayā ca avijjāti vuttattāti adhippāyo. Anantarādināpi hi saṅkhārā avijjāya paccayā hontiyeva. Aññamaññānantaraṃ avatvā avigatānantaraṃ sampayuttassa vacanaṃ kamabhedo, atthiggahaṇeneva gahito atthipaccayabhūtoyeva dhammo nissayapaccayo hotīti. Asādhāraṇatāyāti padantarāsādhāraṇatāya. Tenāha ‘‘vakkhati hī’’tiādi.
九、第三想受论注释显示巴利原文
9. Tatiyasaññāvedayitakathāvaṇṇanā
732 虽然其余的名相与已把握的不同,但在此处,它仍仅依论典所限而被把握。为显示这一意图,在说了“那些……的意图”之后,更作无余包含而说“即使对无想有情等”。其中,“关于一切有情”是意图——应如此连接。“手触等也运作”等,则与身体的本性相关——应如此关联。显示巴利原文
732. Yadipi sesaṃ nāma gahitato aññaṃ, tathāpi pakaraṇaparicchinnamevettha taṃ gayhatīti dassento ‘‘yesaṃ…pe… adhippāyo’’ti vatvā puna anavasesameva saṅgaṇhanto ‘‘asaññasattānampicā’’tiādimāha. Tattha sabbasatte sandhāyāti adhippāyoti yojanā. Pāṇisamphassāpi kamantītiādikaṃ sarīrapakatīti sambandho.
733-734 他宗不认可“不是以五识而死,不是以五识而结生”的说法,因此说“经……应被宣说”。显示巴利原文
733-734. Pañcahi viññāṇehi na cavati, na upapajjatīti vādaṃ paravādī nānujānātīti āha ‘‘sutta…pe… vattabba’’nti.
十、无想有情论注释显示巴利原文
10. Asaññasattupikākathāvaṇṇanā
735 如同由离欲于寻、伺、喜、乐而现起的等至是无寻等的一样,由离欲于想而现起的等至也应当是无想的。为显示他的这种邪见,故说:“那也……显示……”。显示巴利原文
735. Yathā vitakkavicārapītisukhavirāgavasena pavattā samāpatti vitakkādirahitā hoti, evaṃ saññāvirāgavasena pavattāpi saññārahitāva siyāti tassa laddhīti dassento āha ‘‘sāpi asaññitā…pe… dassetī’’ti.
736 针对“若这是第四禅等至,如何又是无想等至”的质难,他回应道:“由于依于离想而入定,故称无想,并非因为没有想。”显示巴利原文
736. Yadi catutthajjhānasamāpatti kathaṃ asaññasamāpattīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘saññāvirāgavasena samāpannattā asaññitā, na saññāya abhāvato’’ti.
十一、业积聚论注释显示巴利原文
11. Kammūpacayakathāvaṇṇanā
738-739 当被问到“业积集是否与业俱生”时,他在相应俱生的意义上加以否定,而在不相应俱生的意义上予以承认。他的用意是:即便是不相应者,也有俱生的性质,如同心生色一般。显示巴利原文
738-739. ‘‘Kammūpacayo kammena sahajāto’’ti puṭṭho sampayuttasahajātataṃ sandhāya paṭikkhipati, vippayuttasahajātataṃ sandhāya paṭijānātīti. Vippayuttassapi hi atthi sahajātatā cittasamuṭṭhānarūpassa viyāti adhippāyo.
741 “三者”,指业、业积集与业果报。显示巴利原文
741.Tiṇṇanti kammakammūpacayakammavipākānaṃ.
第十六品。显示巴利原文
16. Soḷasamavaggo
三、乐生起论注释。显示巴利原文
3. Sukhānuppadānakathāvaṇṇanā
747-748 “不是他的”:这话的意思是,那个他不施与的人,便不是他的。因为,施与者与被施与者——在此二者之外的其他众生,才是这里所指的“其他”。显示巴利原文
747-748.Na tassāti yassa taṃ anuppadissati, na tassa. Yo hi anuppadeti, yassa ca anuppadeti, tadubhayavinimuttā idha pareti adhippetā.
四、胜解作意论注释显示巴利原文
4. Adhigayhamanasikārakathāvaṇṇanā
749-753 “由于彼心性”在此:若作意者将一切行法作总合作意,那么,由于一切行法皆摄于此作意之心,在那一刹那,此心本身也必须被作意。为说明这种名为“彼心性”的过失生起,故说“那即成为所缘”等。这说明了以彼心去作意彼心是不可能的;而由“或者那”等,则说明会陷入有感受之论。这就是它们之间的差别。显示巴利原文
749-753.Taṃcittatāyāti ettha manasikaronto yadi sabbasaṅkhāre ekato manasi karoti, yena cittena manasi karoti, sabbasaṅkhārantogadhattā tasmiṃyeva khaṇe taṃ cittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ etassāti taṃcittatā nāma doso āpajjatīti dassento āha ‘‘tadeva ārammaṇabhūta’’ntiādi. Etena tasseva tena manasikaraṇāsambhavamāha, taṃ vātiādinā pana sasaṃvedanāvādāpattinti ayametesaṃ viseso.
第十七品显示巴利原文
17. Sattarasamavaggo
一、阿拉汉之福德积聚论注释显示巴利原文
1. Atthiarahatopuññūpacayakathāvaṇṇanā
776-779 “未取唯作心无记”的意思是:并非执取“唯作心是无记”,而是就其在布施等中的转起,执取其为布施所成等福德。显示巴利原文
776-779.Kiriyacittaṃabyākataṃ anādiyitvāti ‘‘kiriyacittaṃ abyākata’’nti aggahetvā, dānādipavattanena dānamayādipuññattena ca gahetvāti attho.
二、关于“阿拉汉没有非时死”之论的注释显示巴利原文
2. Natthiarahatoakālamaccūtikathāvaṇṇanā
780 “未得果报机会者”指没有获得机会令其果报生起。“灭尽”指断相续,即消逝、不再感果之义。显示巴利原文
780.Aladdhavipākavārānanti vipākadānaṃ pati aladdhokāsānaṃ. Byantībhāvanti vigatantataṃ, vigamaṃ avipākanti attho.
781 “从此以后”是通过遮遣的方式达成其义,而非仅由随顺,因此说:“‘至此还不运作,从此以后才运作’——这是以邪见来遮止。”在此,“从此以后”是指先前所造业的完全灭尽之后。所谓没有杀生,意指杀生的特征不存在,这是他的意趣所在。为了显示特征的不存在,而说“有情、有情的想”等。在此,“并非因为那个”的意思是:当他人施加加行时,有情并非由于那个加行而死,而是依自然法则而死——这对于不辨差别者是难以了知的;且不论难知还是易知,唯有诸支具足,方构成杀生。显示巴利原文
781.Tato paranti byatirekena atthasiddhi, na kevalena anvayenāti āha ‘‘tāva na kamati, tato paraṃ kamatīti laddhiyā paṭikkhipatī’’ti. Tattha tato paranti pubbe katassa kammassa parikkhayagamanato paraṃ. Natthi pāṇātipāto pāṇātipātalakkhaṇābhāvatoti adhippāyo. Tameva lakkhaṇābhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pāṇopāṇasaññitā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha na tenāti yo parena upakkamo kato , tena upakkamena na mato, dhammatāmaraṇeneva matoti dubbiññeyyaṃ avisesavidūhi, dubbiññeyyaṃ vā hotu suviññeyyaṃ vā, aṅgapāripūriyāva pāṇātipāto.
三、关于“一切此皆由业而来”之论的注释显示巴利原文
3. Sabbamidaṃkammatotikathāvaṇṇanā
784 “无种子”,是指全然无有种子,以及从其他种子而生。“那”指应当施予的物品,也就是病缘资具的意思。显示巴利原文
784.Abījatoti sabbena sabbaṃ abījato aññabījato ca. Tanti deyyadhammaṃ, gilānapaccayanti attho.
四、关于“系属于根者”之论的注释显示巴利原文
4. Indriyabaddhakathāvaṇṇanā
788 “即使没有无常义”,意思是:姑且将无常义搁置一旁,并非指全然失去了无常义。因为,并不存在离于无常义、又不为诸根所系缚的事物。显示巴利原文
788.Vināpi aniccaṭṭhenāti aniccaṭṭhaṃ ṭhapetvāpi aṭṭhapetvāpīti attho, na aniccaṭṭhavirahenāti. Na hi aniccaṭṭhavirahitaṃ anindriyabaddhaṃ atthi.
7. 不应说“僧团净化布施”论注释显示巴利原文
7. Navattabbaṃsaṅghodakkhiṇaṃvisodhetītikathāvaṇṇanā
793-794 “由于无接受”,是指因为没有接受者的状态。显示巴利原文
793-794.Appaṭiggahaṇatoti paṭiggāhakattābhāvato.
11. 施净化论释显示巴利原文
11. Dakkhiṇāvisuddhikathāvaṇṇanā
800-801 “不期望接受者”指不期待接受者的功德殊胜,也就是不以接受者为应供福田的意思。因此说“不以接受者为缘”。他以称扬自宗的方式承认了所说的内容,即“这是真实的”。接受者能产生果报,这正是布施思的大果报性所在。因为接受者仅仅是缘,并非布施思的主因。因此说“若由布施思的生起而有”等。显示巴利原文
800-801.Paṭiggāhakanirapekkhāti paṭiggāhakassa guṇavisesanirapekkhā, tassa dakkhiṇeyyabhāvena vināti attho. Tenāha ‘‘paṭiggāhakenapaccayabhūtena vinā’’ti. Saccametanti laddhikittanena vuttabhāvameva paṭijānāti. Paṭiggāhakassa vipākanibbattanaṃ dānacetanāya mahāphalatā. Paccayabhāvoyeva hi tassa, na tassā kāraṇattaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘dānacetanānibbattanena yadi bhaveyyā’’tiādi.
18. 第十八品显示巴利原文
18. Aṭṭhārasamavaggo
一、人间界论释显示巴利原文
1. Manussalokakathāvaṇṇanā
802-803 “执取”即邪执取。显示巴利原文
802-803.Gahaṇanti micchāgahaṇaṃ.
二、说法论注释显示巴利原文
2. Dhammadesanākathāvaṇṇanā
804-806 具寿阿难在接受了那化现佛的说法之后,自己也作了宣说。显示巴利原文
804-806.Tassa ca nimmitabuddhassa desanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā āyasmatā ānandena sayameva ca desito.
六、禅那转入论注释显示巴利原文
6. Jhānasaṅkantikathāvaṇṇanā
813-816 对于寻与伺已离染的心,是对它们过患的作意;这种行相即是第二禅的近行。因此说:“应将寻与伺作意为过患,由此而修习第二禅。”显示巴利原文
813-816. Vitakkavicāresu virattacittatā tattha ādīnavamanasikāro, tadākāro ca dutiyajjhānūpacāroti āha ‘‘vitakkavicārā ādīnavato manasi kātabbā, tato dutiyajjhānena bhavitabba’’nti.
七、禅那间隔论注释显示巴利原文
7. Jhānantarikakathāvaṇṇanā
817-819 为了显示“它既非初禅(因为无寻),也非第二禅(因为有伺),所以这不是禅那”,而说:“由于既不是初禅等中的任何一种,所以不是禅那。”显示巴利原文
817-819. Na paṭhamajjhānaṃ vitakkābhāvato, nāpi dutiyajjhānaṃ vicārasabbhāvatoti jhānametaṃ na hotīti dassento āha ‘‘paṭhamajjhānādīsu aññatarabhāvābhāvato na jhāna’’nti.
九、「眼非见色」论注释显示巴利原文
9. Cakkhunārūpaṃpassatītikathāvaṇṇanā
826-827 “以眼见色”这句话,是为了表达他并不乐于将“以眼识认知”当作首要,因而说:“据说这是指意识认知。”由此又说:“然而,意识认知……”等等。因此,意思是:正是因为所指的只是意识认知。若是如此,那么如果以色来认知色,则认知色的意识本身也就成了色,而不是在见色,故而说:“然而,意识认知又如何能成为见色呢?”显示巴利原文
826-827. ‘‘Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā’’ti iminā cakkhuviññāṇena paṭijānanassa aggahaṇe aruciṃ sūcento āha ‘‘manoviññāṇapaṭijānanaṃ kira sandhāyā’’ti. Tenevāha ‘‘manoviññāṇapaṭijānanaṃ panā’’tiādi. Tasmāti manoviññāṇapaṭijānanasseva adhippetattāti attho. Evaṃ santeti yadi rūpena rūpaṃ paṭivijānāti, rūpaṃ paṭivijānantampi manoviññāṇaṃ rūpavijānanaṃ hoti, na rūpadassananti āha ‘‘manoviññāṇapaṭijānanaṃ pana rūpadassanaṃ kathaṃ hotī’’ti.
十九、第十九品显示巴利原文
19. Ekūnavīsatimavaggo
一、断烦恼论之注释显示巴利原文
1. Kilesapajahanakathāvaṇṇanā
828-831 “他们”是指那些由圣道所断除的烦恼。在此,虽然那些应由道断除的烦恼,若未修习道,则可能生起,但它们尚未经历三刹那,故可称为“未至”;然而,由于它们将永不再生,所以不应那样说。应知,因此他说“也不会存在”。显示巴利原文
828-831.Te panāti ye ariyamaggena pahīnā kilesā, te pana. Kāmañcettha maggena pahātabbakilesā maggabhāvanāya asati uppajjanārahā khaṇattayaṃ na āgatāti ca anāgatā nāma siyuṃ, yasmā pana te na uppajjissanti, tasmā tathā na vuccantīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘nāpi bhavissantī’’ti.
二、空性说之阐释显示巴利原文
2. Suññatakathāvaṇṇanā
832 由于“不受主宰”这一意义,诸自性法被称为“无我”,因为它们并没有由他人构想出来的、属于自己的主宰者。此无我性即是“不受主宰的行相”。而此无我性,从意义上说即是无实质,因此为了从某一方面显示它,他说“从意义上说,即是老死”。若如此,则会有诸相混杂之过,但应知这仅是意在表明其意图。因为无色法的不受主宰行相性,正是无我相属于行蕴的原因。显示巴利原文
832. Yena avasavattanaṭṭhena paraparikappito natthi etesaṃ attano visayanti anattāti vuccanti sabhāvadhammā, svāyaṃ anattatāti āha ‘‘avasavattanākāro anattatā’’ti. Sā panāyaṃ yasmā atthato asārakatāva hoti, tasmā tadekadesena taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘atthato jarāmaraṇamevā’’ti āha. Evaṃ sati lakkhaṇasaṅkaro siyā, tesaṃ panidaṃ adhippāyakittananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Arūpadhammānaṃ avasavattanākāratāya eva hi anattalakkhaṇassa saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpannatā.
三、沙门果说之阐释显示巴利原文
3. Sāmaññaphalakathāvaṇṇanā
835-836 “所得法”是指前面所说的具足。显示巴利原文
835-836.Pattidhammanti heṭṭhā vuttaṃ samannāgamamāha.
五、如性论之注释显示巴利原文
5. Tathatākathāvaṇṇanā
841-843 “色等的自性”——以此遮破“色等即是自性”这一义。因为对方论者认为它不含摄于色等之中。因此他说:“他说‘存在即是如性’,而非存在之结合。”在此,“存在”指纯粹的法,其意义是“本性”,如同“生法”等词中的用法。因为色等的可被损害等本性,以及“如性”是无为的,这是对方论者的见解。因此他说“非存在之结合”。因为存在之结合,是指自性法与存在相结合、成为同一体的那个可被损害等相。然而,那相与色等并无不同,因此是有为的,但依不颠倒的意义而被称为“如”。显示巴利原文
841-843.Rūpādīnaṃ sabhāvatāti etena rūpādayo eva sabhāvatāti imamatthaṃ paṭikkhipati . Yato taṃ paravādī rūpādīsu apariyāpannaṃ icchati. Tenāha ‘‘bhāvaṃ hesa tathatāti vadati, na bhāvayoga’’nti. Tattha bhāvanti dhammamattaṃ, pakatīti attho ‘‘jātidhamma’’ntiādīsu viya. Rūpādīnañhi ruppanādipakati tathā asaṅkhatāti ca paravādino laddhi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘na bhāvayoga’’nti. Yena hi bhāvo sabhāvadhammo yujjati, ekībhāvameva gacchati, taṃ ruppanādilakkhaṇaṃ bhāvayogo. Taṃ pana rūpādito anaññaṃ, tato eva saṅkhataṃ, aviparītaṭṭhena pana ‘‘tatha’’nti vuccati.
六、善论之注释显示巴利原文
6. Kusalakathāvaṇṇanā
844-846 仅由无过失性而说为善,这是连结。因此,由于无过失即是无过失,而仅由无过失性即是善,所以涅槃是善。显示巴利原文
844-846. Anavajjabhāvamatteneva kusalanti yojanā. Tasmāti yasmā avajjarahitaṃ anavajjaṃ, anavajjabhāvamatteneva ca kusalaṃ, tasmā nibbānaṃ kusalanti.
七、决定论之注释显示巴利原文
7. Accantaniyāmakathāvaṇṇanā
847 在注疏中提到:“一次沉没者,便如是沉没;对此人而言,没有从此有再出离之说。”然而,为了显示这只是师长之说,并非注疏的正理,他说:“于彼生……认为……”。此处,“于彼生”是指:在哪一生中,此人具足业障等障碍,即指那一生。轮回的树桩之状态,应如瓦萨跋等、末伽梨等那样看待。而且,这应理解为无因等邪见的果报状态,并非因为存在任何所谓的“决定者”。正如解脱者除了以道断除有之外,无有任何决定;同样,未解脱者也没有任何所谓的轮回决定。然而,当那种邪见力量强大、在无量的劫数中断时,轮回的相续会极为长久,并有堕恶趣之处,在那里,便被称为轮回的树桩。显示巴利原文
847. Yaṃ ‘‘ekavāraṃ nimuggo tathā nimuggova hoti, etassa puna bhavato vuṭṭhānaṃ nāma natthī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgataṃ, so pana ācariyavādo, na aṭṭhakathānayoti dassento ‘‘tāya jātiyā…pe… maññamāno’’ti āha. Tattha tāya jātiyāti yassaṃ jātiyaṃ puggalo kammāvaraṇādiāvaraṇehi samannāgato hoti, tāya jātiyā. Saṃsārakhāṇukabhāvo vassabhaññādīnaṃ viya makkhaliādīnaṃ viya ca daṭṭhabbo. So ca ahetukādimicchādassanassa phalabhāveneva veditabbo, na accantaniyāmassa nāma kassaci atthibhāvato. Yathā hi vimuccantassa koci niyāmo nāma natthi ṭhapetvā maggena bhavaparicchedaṃ, evaṃ avimuccantassapi koci saṃsāraniyāmo nāma natthi. Tādisassa pana micchādassanassa balavabhāve aparimitakappaparicchede cirataraṃ saṃsārappabandho hoti, apāyūpapatti ca yattha saṃsārakhāṇusamaññā.
然而,有些人说:“确实有永远轮回者,因为众生界是无尽的。”这或许也是针对那些多行非福的众生相续而说的。就像杀母者等由于那个自体,邪决定性会成为进入正决定性的障碍一样,并没有一个名为“轮回决定”的、能障碍众生解脱的东西。然而,只要还未获得道果的亲依止缘,轮回便未断绝;一旦获得,轮回即告断绝。应当这样看待。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ paneke vadanti ‘‘attheva accantaṃ saṃsaritā anantattā sattanikāyassā’’ti, tampi apuññabahulaṃ sattasantānaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ siyā. Na hi mātughātakādīnaṃ tenattabhāvena sammattaniyāmokkamanantarāyabhūto micchattaniyāmo viya sattānaṃ vimuttantarāyakaro saṃsāraniyāmo nāma natthi. Yāva pana na maggaphalassa upanissayo upalabbhati, tāva saṃsāro aparicchinno. Yadā ca so upaladdho, tadā so paricchinno evāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
正如有决定性的正见,同样,有决定性的邪见在其领域中也应达到以一向执取为极点。因此,如果具足这种邪决定性的人,在其所执着的领域中,如何会产生多种执取呢?如果产生了其他相违的执取,那么邪决定性本身就不存在了。因此,在圣典中,是以疑的生起与决定性之间的生起作为质问的。因为,正如疑不会在正决定者中生起,同样,邪决定者与正决定者各自的邪法或正法,也绝不会彼此依次生起;唯有决定性的转换才无冲突。因此,为了显示如同无间业之间那样,同类邪见之间不会退转,而只有相违者才会退转,在圣典中,如同举疑一样,只举出了常见与断见。这样,应当了知:疑的生起与决定性之间的生起,能令决定性之间的生起退转;而“决定性将会退转”的说法则与此相违。然而,这或许是在说“应审虑后再执取”。显示巴利原文
Yathā niyatasammādassanaṃ, evaṃ niyatamicchādassanenapi savisaye ekaṃsagāhavasena ukkaṃsagatena bhavitabbanti tena samannāgatassa puggalassa sati accantaniyāme kathaṃ tasmiṃ abhinivesavisaye anekaṃsagāho uppajjeyya, abhinivesantaraṃ vā viruddhaṃ yadi uppajjeyya, accantaniyāmo eva na siyāti pāḷiyaṃ vicikicchuppattiniyāmantaruppatticodanā katā. Na hi vicikicchā viya sammattaniyatapuggalānaṃ yathākkamaṃ micchattasammattaniyatapuggalānaṃ sammattamicchattaniyatā dhammā kadācipi uppajjanti, aviruddhaṃ pana niyāmantarameva hotīti ānantarikantaraṃ viya micchādassanantaraṃ samānajātikaṃ na nivattetīti viruddhaṃyeva dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ vicikicchā viya sassatucchedadiṭṭhiyo eva uddhaṭā. Evamettha vicikicchuppattiniyāmantaruppattīnaṃ niyāmantaruppattinivattakabhāvo veditabbo, accantaniyāmo ca nivattissatīti ca viruddhametanti pana ‘‘vicāretvāva gahetabbā’’ti vuttaṃ siyā.
八、根论之注释显示巴利原文
8. Indriyakathāvaṇṇanā
853-856 853-856. 如同出世间的信等即是信根等,世间的信等也是如此。何以故?因为在那里,也以决意等特征而存在根的意义。正是为了显示这个道理——对于可信仰等对象,仅仅只是信等本身便是根,所以教示说:“出世间的……应当观察。”显示巴利原文
853-856. Yathā lokuttarā saddhādayo eva saddhindriyādīni, evaṃ lokiyāpi. Kasmā ? Tatthāpi adhimokkhalakkhaṇādinā indaṭṭhasabbhāvato. Saddheyyādivatthūsu saddahanādimattameva hi tanti imamatthaṃ dassento āha ‘‘lokuttarānaṃ…pe… daṭṭhabbo’’ti.
20. 第二十品显示巴利原文
20. Vīsatimavaggo
2. 智说之阐释显示巴利原文
2. Ñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
863-865 863-865. 确实,在预备阶段也有苦遍知,然而能成就真舍利益的,唯是道刹那的苦遍知。因此,为作简别而就殊胜的苦遍知,他说:“苦……唯是道智所显示”。应知,这一简别并非排除其他智,而是排除其他智所已证得的那部分作用。因此他说“并非该智的智性”等。显示巴利原文
863-865. Kāmaṃ pubbabhāgepi attheva dukkhapariññā, atthasādhikā pana sā maggakkhaṇikā evāti ukkaṃsagataṃ dukkhapariññaṃ sandhāya avadhārento āha ‘‘dukkhaṃ…pe… maggañāṇameva dīpetī’’ti. Taṃ pana avadhāraṇaṃ na ñāṇantaranivattanaṃ, atha kho ñāṇantarassa yathādhigatakiccanivattanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘na tasseva ñāṇabhāva’’ntiādi.
3. 地狱守卫论释显示巴利原文
3. Nirayapālakathāvaṇṇanā
866-868 866-868. 他们令地狱众生在地狱中受苦,以不给逃脱之机的方式加以守护,故称地狱守护者。又因其对地狱众生被地狱苦所缠缚的状态,有充分的能力施加痛苦,故称地狱守护者。那么,这些地狱守护者究竟是地狱众生,还是非地狱众生呢?就此而言:若他们是地狱众生,则由招感地狱的业所生,自身也当受地狱之苦。如此便无能力折磨其他地狱众生了,且不会有“这些是地狱众生,这些是地狱守护者”的区分。那些折磨者与被折磨者,若是容貌、力量、体型相同,便不会令其他众生产生恐惧与惊慌。若他们是非地狱众生,又如何存在于彼处呢?答:地狱守护者是非地狱众生,由不招感地狱趣的业所生。他们是因别异于地狱业的其他业而生,属于罗刹种类。正如他们所说:显示巴利原文
866-868. Nerayike niraye pālenti, tato niggantuṃ appadānavasena rakkhantīti nirayapālā. Nirayapālatāya vā nerayikānaṃ narakadukkhena pariyonaddhāya alaṃ samatthāti nirayapālā. Kiṃ panete nirayapālā nerayikā, udāhu anerayikāti. Kiñcettha – yadi tāva nerayikā, nirayasaṃvattaniyena kammena nibbattāti sayampi nirayadukkhaṃ paccanubhaveyyuṃ, tathā sati aññesaṃ nerayikānaṃ yātanāya asamatthā siyuṃ, ‘‘ime nerayikā, ime nirayapālā’’ti vavatthānañca na siyā. Ye ca ye yātenti, tehi samānarūpabalappamāṇehi itaresaṃ bhayasantāsā na siyuṃ. Atha anerayikā, tesaṃ tattha kathaṃ sambhavoti? Vuccate – anerayikā nirayapālā anirayagatisaṃvattaniyakammanibbattā. Nirayūpapattisaṃvattaniyakammato hi aññeneva kammunā te nibbattanti rakkhasajātikattā. Tathā hi vadanti –
易怒者、行残暴业者,以及喜好恶事者;
凡于受苦者中怀欢喜者,便投生为阎魔罗刹。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kodhanā kurūrakammantā, pāpābhirucino tathā; Dukkhitesu ca nandanti, jāyanti yamarakkhasā’’ti.
于此,有些人说:“由于他们感受不到折磨之苦,否则彼此之间便会互相折磨。”诸如此类,此说犹如在空中抓取毛发一般了无实义,因为地狱守护者本非地狱众生。然而,又有人可能问:“即便他们不是地狱众生,但当他们在铁造、炽燃、烈火成团的地狱地面上翻滚时,又怎能不遭受痛苦呢?”这是由于业力之故。正如具足神通、心得自在者,如大目犍连等,出于对地狱众生的悲悯,以神通力到达地狱地面,在那里却不被烧灼之苦所逼恼;同理,此义亦应如此看待。显示巴利原文
Tattha yadeke vadanti ‘‘yātanādukkhassa appaṭisaṃvedanato, aññathā puna aññamaññaṃ yāteyyu’’nti ca evamādi, tayidaṃ ākāsaromaṭṭhanaṃ nirayapālānaṃ nerayikabhāvasseva abhāvato. Ye pana vadeyyuṃ – yadipi anerayikā nirayapālā, ayomayāya pana ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya nirayabhūmiyā parivattamānā kathaṃ nāma dukkhaṃ nānubhavantīti? Kammānubhāvato. Yathā hi iddhimanto cetovasippattā mahāmoggallānādayo nerayike anukampantā iddhibalena nirayabhūmiṃ upagatā tattha dāhadukkhena na bādhīyanti, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
若问:“这是因为神通境界不可思议吗?”此说同样也凭业报不可思议而得成立。他们正是由那样的业所生,全然不被地狱之苦所逼恼,却得以折磨地狱众生。而且,亦非因此便无有外在境界,因为对于可意与不可意,各个狱卒各具不同的体性。正如某位狱卒觉得可意的,另一位却觉得不可意;某位觉得不可意的,另一位反而觉得可意。如此,有些人所说的“不存在由业力产生的火去烧恼他人”等言论,便被破斥了。至于“非地狱众生的他们如何存在于彼处”,这是因为他们是地狱众生的折磨者。因为,能感得适于折磨地狱众生的有身之业,为那样的欲求所牵引,便在地狱之处结生。此外,他们比地狱众生更具大力,身躯更为高大,体格更为粗壮,并且行止极其恐怖、令人惊惶、极为残忍。应知,正是依此道理,也就说明了彼处有乌鸦、狗等众生的产生。显示巴利原文
Taṃ iddhivisayassa acinteyyabhāvatoti ce? Idampi taṃsamānaṃ kammavipākassa acinteyyabhāvato. Tathārūpena hi kammunā te nibbattā yathā nirayadukkhena abādhitā eva hutvā nerayike yātenti, na cettakena bāhiravisayābhāvo vijjati iṭṭhāniṭṭhatāya paccekaṃ dvārapurisesu vibhattasabhāvattā. Tathā hi ekaccassa dvārassa purisassa iṭṭhaṃ ekaccassa aniṭṭhaṃ, ekaccassa ca aniṭṭhaṃ ekaccassa iṭṭhaṃ hoti. Evañca katvā yadeke vadanti ‘‘natthi kammavasena tejasā parūpatāpana’’ntiādi, tadapāhataṃ hoti. Yaṃ pana vadanti ‘‘anerayikānaṃ tesaṃ kathaṃ tattha sambhavo’’ti nerayikānaṃ yātakabhāvato. Nerayikasattayātanāyoggañhi attabhāvaṃ nibbattentaṃ kammaṃ tādisanikantivināmitaṃ nirayaṭṭhāneyeva nibbatteti. Te ca nerayikehi adhikatarabalārohapariṇāhā ativiya bhayānakasantāsakurūratarapayogā ca honti. Eteneva tattha kākasunakhādīnampi nibbatti saṃvaṇṇitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
不应说“不同趣的众生如何能恼害不同趣的众生”,因为在其他场合也可见到如此情形。至于有些人说“地狱守护者、地狱狗等并非有情”,那只是他们自己的见解,因别处未曾见到。因为从未见过任何那样的法转起——既是非有情性,又不由现有的有情所驱动,却能成就义利。对于障碍饿鬼饮水的持杖人等,也没有理由说他们并非有情。梦中的伤害也不能作为量证,因为它不能成就真实的义利;纵然有看见等,也达不到其目的,正如梦中饮食受用等并不能成就真实的义利一样。然而,此处的变化身已得到合理的说明,因为神通境界不可思议。若问:“这里也是因为业报不可思议吗?”并非如此,因为那不成立。所谓“地狱守护者是地狱众生的业报”,是不成立的。而依前述道理,它们是有情性,这才成立。因为可以说,被称为地狱守护者的、属有情数的法转起,是有意图的、能恼害他人的、具有成就义利的作用,如同夺食罗刹的相续流。而且,此处不能否认其有意图,因为他们是以种种意图施加折磨的,因此不能以众合山等来作不定因。至于有些人说“他们只是特殊的……”显示巴利原文
Kathamaññagatikehi aññagatikabādhananti ca na vattabbaṃ aññatthāpi tathā dassanato. Yaṃ paneke vadanti ‘‘asattasabhāvā nirayapālā nirayasunakhādayo cā’’ti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ aññattha tathā adassanato. Na hi kāci atthi tādisī dhammappavatti, yā asattasabhāvā, sampatisattehi appayojitā ca atthakiccaṃ sādhentī diṭṭhapubbā. Petānaṃ pānīyanivārakānaṃ daṇḍādihatthapurisānampi asattabhāve visesakāraṇaṃ natthi. Supinūpaghātopi atthakiccasamatthatāya appamāṇaṃ dassanādimattenapi tadatthasiddhito. Tathā hi supine āhārūpabhogādinā na atthasiddhi atthi, nimmānarūpaṃ panettha laddhaparihāraṃ iddhivisayassa acinteyyabhāvato. Idhāpi kammavipākassa acinteyyabhāvatoti ce? Taṃ na, asiddhattā. Nerayikānaṃ kammavipāko nirayapālāti asiddhametaṃ, vuttanayena pana nesaṃ sattabhāvo eva siddho. Sakkā hi vattuṃ sattasaṅkhātā nirayapālasaññitā dhammappavatti sābhisandhikā parūpaghāti atthakiccasabbhāvato ojāhārādirakkhasasantati viyāti. Abhisandhipubbakatā cettha na sakkā paṭikkhipituṃ tathā tathā abhisandhiyā yātanato, tato eva na saṅghāṭapabbatādīhi anekantikatā. Ye pana vadanti ‘‘bhūtavisesā eva te vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivisesavanto bheravākārā narakapālāti samaññaṃ labhantī’’ti, tadasiddhaṃ. Ujukameva pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘atthi niraye nirayapālā’’ti vādassa patiṭṭhāpitattā.
此外,正如在圣者律中,地狱狱卒的实有性并不成立,同样,对于唯假名论者而言,他们的实有性也不成立。因为对他来说,并不存在所谓的实有众生。如果他是执取胜义而说,那为何又排斥受等呢?且搁置这些心念不定、未断痴迷颠倒者的论辩考察。应得出这样的结论:地狱狱卒确实存在。而且,无论他们存在与否,若说“如同地狱中对外在对象有处所等的决定”,这种说法并不成立,应作如是观。显示巴利原文
Apica yathā ariyavinaye narakapālānaṃ bhūtamattatā asiddhā, tathā paññattimattavādinopi tesaṃ bhūtamattatā asiddhāva. Na hi tassa bhūtāni nāma santi. Yadi paramatthaṃ gahetvā voharati, atha kasmā vedanādike eva paṭikkhipatīti? Tiṭṭhatesā anavaṭṭhitatakkānaṃ appahīnasammohavipallāsānaṃ vādavīmaṃsā, evaṃ attheva nirayapālāti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ. Sati ca nesaṃ sabbhāve, asatipi bāhire visaye narake viya desādiniyamo hotīti vādo na sijjhati evāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
4. 畜生论释显示巴利原文
4. Tiracchānakathāvaṇṇanā
869-871 869-871.“他的”指名为伊罗婆那的天子。在那里游戏时,他以大象的形象作出变化,故说“象龙”。“天车乘”处也是如此。因为在纯粹以乐为缘的天界,不可能产生以苦为依处、以不善业为因的有情自体。因此说“非畜生趣者”。显示巴利原文
869-871.Tassāti erāvaṇanāmakassa devaputtassa. Tahiṃ kīḷanakāle hatthivaṇṇena vikubbanaṃ sandhāya ‘‘hatthināgassā’’ti vuttaṃ. Dibbayānassāti etthāpi eseva nayo. Na hi ekantasukhappaccayaṭṭhāne sagge dukkhādhiṭṭhānassa akusalakammasamuṭṭhānassa attabhāvassa sambhavo yutto. Tenāha ‘‘na tiracchānagatassā’’ti.
6. 智论释显示巴利原文
6. Ñāṇakathāvaṇṇanā
876-877 876-877.在“十二事智为出世间”这句中,为表明十二事智的出世间性得以确立,先作了第一种分别;复又为显示出世间智的十二事性得以确立,而说“彼或……义”。于“应遍知”中,iti一词表“等”义,或表“种类”义,由此亦摄“应断”等。于“已遍知”中,理亦同然。“应遍知、已遍知”等语,是显示由遍知等作用所应成就及已成就之性,而非正在成就之性。为开显成就此之智,乃说“然而谛智”等。其中,谛智是了悟苦等诸谛本质之智,依此而说“此是苦”等。纵于道刹那,借由api一词,亦应视为在彼之前后时分。其义为:由成就遍知等作用而存在,从无痴及从所缘而言。显示巴利原文
876-877. ‘‘Dvādasavatthukaṃ ñāṇaṃ lokuttara’’nti ettha dvādasavatthukassa ñāṇassa lokuttaratā patiṭṭhāpīyatīti dassento paṭhamavikappaṃ vatvā puna lokuttarañāṇassa dvādasavatthukatā patiṭṭhāpīyatīti dassetuṃ ‘‘taṃ vā…pe… attho’’ti āha. Pariññeyyanti ettha iti-saddo ādiattho, pakārattho vā. Tena ‘‘pahātabba’’nti evamādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Pariññātanti etthāpi eseva nayo. ‘‘Pariññeyyaṃ pariññāta’’ntiādinā parijānanādikiriyāya nibbattetabbatā nibbattitatā ca dassitā, na nibbattiyamānatāti. Yena pana sā hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘saccañāṇaṃ panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha saccañāṇanti dukkhādisaccasabhāvāvabodhakaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yaṃ sandhāya ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Maggakkhaṇepīti api-saddena tato pubbāparabhāgepīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Parijānanādikiccasādhanavasena hoti asammohato visayato cāti adhippāyo.
二十一、第二十一品显示巴利原文
21. Ekavīsatimavaggo
一、教法论释显示巴利原文
1. Sāsanakathāvaṇṇanā
878 878.“集”指以“教法为新作”等问句形式而生起的语句集合。“一部分”指其组成部分。“于三问中”是依处格而说。显示巴利原文
878.Samudāyāti ‘‘sāsanaṃ navaṃ kata’’ntiādinā pucchāvasena pavattā vacanasamudāyā. Ekadesānanti tadavayavānaṃ. ‘‘Tīsupi pucchāsū’’ti evaṃ adhikaraṇabhāvena vuttā.
四、神通论释显示巴利原文
4. Iddhikathāvaṇṇanā
883-884 883-884.“依意趣”指依种种对应的胜解意趣。显示巴利原文
883-884.Adhippāyavasenāti tathā tathā adhimuccanādhippāyavasena.
第七,法论释。显示巴利原文
7. Dhammakathāvaṇṇanā
887-888 887-888. 色的自性即是色性,因此说“名为色性者,并非有任何一个与色相异的东西”。凡是与某物相异的,就不是该物的自性;因此说“与色性相异的,也不是色”,意即它根本不是色。如此,通过差异成立此义。因此,既没有与色相异的色性,也没有与色性相异的色,所以色就是色自身,就是色的自性——以“唯”(eva)一词排除了其余,显示“并非受等的自性”。“依意趣”,是指依色与色性无差异的意趣。“否则”的连释为:如果它们有差异,则应说色是由色性决定的。而这其实已经显示,因为于理已然成立。因为同一事物未分裂时,不会作异门分别。“差异”,指色的自性(色性)与色、色性之间的差异。如同“石像的身体”一样,这种差异只是依主格与所依格的表述而假立分别,并非胜义,因此说“如同执取而转起”。与受等唯是差异,即与受等只是不同。那个自性,即那个色的自性。为了显示差异,即为了显示“这是色的自性,不是受等的自性”这样的分别。而那句话,即“色不由色性决定”这句话。以所说方式,即“因为没有与色性不同的色”等所表方式。连释:若有过失,为何还予以承认呢?显示巴利原文
887-888. Rūpasabhāvo rūpaṭṭhoti āha ‘‘rūpaṭṭho nāma koci rūpato añño natthī’’ti. Yaṃ pana yato aññaṃ, na taṃ taṃsabhāvanti āha ‘‘rūpaṭṭhato aññaṃ rūpañca na hotī’’ti, rūpameva na hotīti attho. Etena byatirekato tamatthaṃ sādheti. Tasmāti yasmā rūpato añño rūpaṭṭho natthi, rūpaṭṭhato ca aññaṃ rūpaṃ, tasmā rūpaṃ rūpameva rūpasabhāvamevāti eva-kārena nivattitaṃ dasseti ‘‘na vedanādisabhāva’’nti. Adhippāyenāti rūparūpaṭṭhānaṃ anaññattādhippāyena. Aññathāti tesaṃ aññatte rūpaṭṭhena niyamena rūpaṃ niyatanti vattabbanti yojanā. Dassitoyeva hoti atthato āpannattā. Na hi abhinne vatthusmiṃ pariyāyantarabhedaṃ karoti. Aññattanti rūpasabhāvānaṃ rūparūpaṭṭhānañca. Sasāminiddesasiddhābhedā ‘‘silāputtakassa sarīra’’nti viya, kappanāmattato cāyaṃ bhedo, na paramatthatoti āha ‘‘gahetvā viya pavatto’’ti. Vedanādīhi nānattamevāti vedanādīhi aññattameva. So sabhāvoti so rūpasabhāvo. Nānattasaññāpanatthanti rūpassa sabhāvo, na vedanādīnanti evaṃ bhedassa ñāpanatthaṃ. Tañca vacananti ‘‘rūpaṃ rūpaṭṭhena na niyata’’nti vacanaṃ. Vuttappakārenāti ‘‘rūpaṭṭhato aññassa rūpassa abhāvā’’tiādinā vuttākārena. Yadi sadosaṃ, atha kasmā paṭijānātīti yojanā.
“所说的原因”,即“色就是色,并非受等的自性”这一所说的道理。针对对方的质问,即针对“不应说色由色性决定”等对方论师的质问而说。显示了那个原因之后,即如前所述那样显示了道理之后,以“在此”等语句遮止了质问,也就是遮止了“那为何承认呢?”这一质问。为了显示“从此另有别法”所指的意义,而说“色等”。显示巴利原文
Vuttameva kāraṇanti ‘‘rūpaṃ rūpameva, na vedanādisabhāva’’nti evaṃ vuttameva yuttiṃ. Parena coditanti ‘‘na vattabbaṃ rūpaṃ rūpaṭṭhena niyata’’ntiādinā paravādino codanaṃ sandhāyāha. Tameva kāraṇaṃ dassetvāti tameva yathāvuttaṃ yuttiṃ ‘‘ettha hī’’tiādinā dassetvā. Codanaṃ nivattetīti ‘‘atha kasmā paṭijānātī’’ti vuttaṃ codanaṃ nivatteti. Yamatthaṃ sandhāya ‘‘ito aññathā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘rūpādī’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
第二十二品。显示巴利原文
22. Bāvīsatimavaggo
第二,善心论释。显示巴利原文
2. Kusalacittakathāvaṇṇanā
894-895 894-895.“在前速行刹那”,指的是般涅槃心之后,那个无间过去的先前速行轮刹那。显示巴利原文
894-895.Purimajavanakkhaṇeti parinibbānacittato anantarātītapurimajavanavārakkhaṇe.
第三,不动论释。显示巴利原文
3. Āneñjakathāvaṇṇanā
896 由于在因相、所缘、相应法所缘等方面与有分相似,因此称死心为“有分心”。显示巴利原文
896. Hetusarūpārammaṇasampayuttadhammārammaṇādito bhavaṅgasadisattā cuticittaṃ ‘‘bhavaṅgacitta’’nti āha.
第五至第七,三增上论释。显示巴利原文
5-7. Tissopikathāvaṇṇanā
898-900 他执取这样的见解:“即使证得阿罗汉果,也仍可处于母胎之中。”因为七岁的索巴卡沙弥等人已证得阿罗汉果,而七岁的孩子也曾住于母胎,这便是外道论者的想法。犹如在梦中行走于空中,这样的梦称为“空中梦”。为了说明他执取这是由神通所生,故说“如同空中行走等神通一样”。配合的解释是:他执取在梦中存在由证得下分四道中任一者所成就的现观,以及由证得最上果所成就的阿罗汉果。显示巴利原文
898-900. Arahattappattipi gabbheyeva atthīti maññati. Sattavassikā hi sopākasāmaṇerādayo arahattaṃ pattā. Sattavassikopi gabbho atthīti paravādino adhippāyo. Ākāsena gacchanto viya supinaṃ ākāsasupinaṃ. Taṃ abhiññānibbattaṃ maññatīti nidassanaṃ katvā dassento āha ‘‘ākāsagamanādiabhiññā viyā’’ti. Heṭṭhimānaṃ catunnaṃ vā maggānaṃ adhigamena dhammābhisamayo aggaphalādhigamena arahattappatti ca supine atthīti maññatīti yojanā.
第九,习行缘论释。显示巴利原文
9. Āsevanapaccayakathāvaṇṇanā
903-905 “种子不摄取四种甜味”,这是依自宗的立场而说;但在他宗中,色法亦被视为与无色法同一刹那。因此,他说“一切法都是刹那的”。即使就刹那性而言,在无心识、不与根相系的色法中,也能获得修习的殊胜,何况在有心的法中呢?为了显示这一道理,应知“如同种子不摄取四种甜味”是一个譬喻。其意图是:由于短暂而不稳定,并没有所谓“习行者”的法存在。然而,正是由于刹那的短暂,才成就了习行。因为,依善等性质,通过加行令类似之事反复进行,从而产生相似性,或熏成习气,这便是习行,正如先前已熟习的文本对后来阅读的作用一样。显示巴利原文
903-905.Bījaṃ catumadhurabhāvaṃ na gaṇhātīti idaṃ sakasamayavasena vuttaṃ, parasamaye pana rūpadhammāpi arūpadhammehi samānakkhaṇā eva icchitā. Tenevāha ‘‘sabbe dhammā khaṇikā’’ti. Khaṇikattepi vā acetanesupi anindriyabaddharūpesu bhāvanāviseso labbhati, kimaṅgaṃ pana sacetanesūti dassetuṃ ‘‘yathā bījaṃ catumadhurabhāvaṃ na gaṇhātī’’ti nidassananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Āsevento nāma koci dhammo natthi ittaratāya anavaṭṭhānatoti adhippāyo. Ittarakhaṇatāya eva pana āsevanaṃ labbhati. Kusalādibhāvena hi attasadisassa payogena karaṇīyassa punappunaṃ karaṇappavattanaṃ attasadisatāpādanaṃ vāsanaṃ vā āsevanaṃ pure paricitagantho viya pacchimassāti.
十、刹那论注释显示巴利原文
10. Khaṇikakathāvaṇṇanā
906-907 “在地等色中”,是指由众多色聚合和合而成、具有诸成分的地等色中。其中,当某些先前生起的色法住立时,有另一些不同的色法生起;随后,那些先前生起的色法中有一些灭去。这是因为每一色聚中的色法,其生灭皆同。如是,“安住”即依上述生灭相异的方式,以相续而安住流转。然而,为何此流转唯存在于色相续中呢?故说“以诸色法非……”等。意思是:若一切有为法皆同一刹那,则色相续亦应如非色相续,依无间缘等而转起,实则不然。若真如此,则每一心识刹那,地等色法皆须有生灭。显示巴利原文
906-907.Pathaviyādirūpesūti anekakalāpasamudāyabhūtesu sasambhārapathavīādirūpesu. Tattha hi kesuci purimuppannesu ṭhitesu kesañci tadaññesaṃ uppādo, tato purimantaruppannānaṃ kesañci nirodho hoti ekekakalāparūpesu samānuppādanirodhattā tesaṃ. Evaṃ patiṭṭhānanti evaṃ vuttappakārena asamānuppādanirodhena pabandhena patiṭṭhānapavattīti attho. Sā panāyaṃ yathāvuttā pavatti kasmā rūpasantatiyā evāti āha ‘‘na hi rūpāna’’ntiādi. Tassattho – yadi sabbe saṅkhatadhammā samānakkhaṇā, tathā sati arūpasantatiyā viya rūpasantatiyāpi anantarādipaccayena vidhinā pavatti siyā, na cetaṃ atthi. Yadi siyā, cittakkhaṇe cittakkhaṇe pathavīādīnaṃ uppādanirodhehi bhavitabbanti.
二十三、第二十三品显示巴利原文
23. Tevīsatimavaggo
一、一意趣论注释显示巴利原文
1. Ekādhippāyakathāvaṇṇanā
908 “一”这个词在其他地方也出现,如“在此,有些人称说”等句中。而在这里,“其他意趣”应知是与贪欲意趣不同的意趣。然而,由于凡夫具有伴随欲贪的受用状态,故说“从贪欲意趣来说,即是其他意趣”。那么,那个“其他意趣”是什么呢?即是悲悯意趣。因此说“以悲悯意趣为一意趣”。这是针对那些外道论者而说,他们主张:“为了守护妇女的生命,出于悲悯而满足其心愿的菩萨,其戒律并未毁坏。”而针对主张“誓愿意趣”者,则说了“在此,‘一意趣’是……”等。应知“以见子面为意趣”也包含其中。“于同一状态”意为“俱生状态”。显示巴利原文
908.Eka-saddo aññatthopi hoti ‘‘ittheke abhivadantī’’tiādīsu viya, aññattañcettha rāgādhippāyato veditabbaṃ, puthujjanassa pana sachandarāgaparibhogabhāvato āha ‘‘rāgādhippāyato aññādhippāyovāti vuttaṃ hotī’’ti. Ko pana so aññādhippāyoti? Karuṇādhippāyo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘karuṇādhippāyena ekādhippāyo’’ti. Ayañca nayo itthiyā jīvitarakkhaṇatthaṃ kāruññena manorathaṃ pūrentassa bodhisattassa saṃvaravināso na hotīti evaṃvādinaṃ paravādiṃ sandhāya vutto, paṇidhānādhippāyavādinaṃ pana sandhāya ‘‘eko adhippāyoti etthā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Puttamukhadassanādhippāyopi ettheva saṅgahaṃ gatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ekatobhāveti sahabhāve.
3-7. 欲求自在论注释显示巴利原文
3-7. Issariyakāmakārikākathāvaṇṇanā
910-914 “以自在力”是指以心的自在力,而非心的自主权,这是其含义。“欲所作”是指成就所欲之事。“自在欲所作之因”即自在欲作的状态之因,意指为产生那种状态。以邪见而作,是指仅仅因为邪执而作任何难行之事,这是其含义。显示巴利原文
910-914.Issariyenāti cittissariyena, na cetovasibhāvenāti attho. Kāmakārikaṃ yathicchitanipphādanaṃ. Issariyakāmakārikāhetūti issariyakāmakāribhāvanimittaṃ, tassa nibbattanatthanti attho. Micchādiṭṭhiyā karīyatīti micchābhiniveseneva yā kāci dukkarakārikā karīyatīti attho.
8. 相似论注释显示巴利原文
8. Patirūpakathāvaṇṇanā
915-916 “如同慈等一样”的意思是:正如慈、悲、喜虽然具有润泽的特性,但由于其不染着的性质和无杂染性,所以不是贪;同样地,除了慈等之外,并无任何与贪相似的法存在。其他心的润泽之相,即是贪的生起之相,这是其含义。因此他说“他执取的正是贪”。同样地,在“对于嗔也是如此”这里,应如此连接:正如嫉妒等不是嗔,并无任何与嗔相似的法存在,所以他执取的正是嗔。因为除了嫉妒等之外,其他心的憎恶之相,即是嗔的生起之相。显示巴利原文
915-916.Mettādayo viyāti yathā mettā karuṇā muditā ca sinehasabhāvāpi arañjanasabhāvattā asaṃkiliṭṭhattā ca na rāgo, evaṃ rāgapatirūpako koci dhammo natthi ṭhapetvā mettādayo, aññacittassa siniyhanākāro rāgasseva pavattiākāroti attho. Tenevāha ‘‘rāgameva gaṇhātī’’ti. Evaṃ dosepīti ettha issādayo viya na doso dosapatirūpako koci atthīti dosameva gaṇhātīti yojetabbaṃ. Ṭhapetvā hi issādayo aññacittassa dussanākāro dosasseva pavattiākāroti.
9. 未圆满论注释显示巴利原文
9. Aparinipphannakathāvaṇṇanā
917-918 “无常等之性质”:意思是具有无常、诸行、缘生等性质,即以此法为其本性。“唯苦是已圆满成就的”:其含义显示为“此问是针对苦谛而发,并非仅就苦性而言”,即“并非只有第一圣谛才是苦”这一陈述。倘若如此,则不应承认论敌所主张的眼处等及同类诸法是已圆满成就的。为何?因为它们也为苦谛所摄,而非被其余三谛所摄。凡由集谛所生者,必定即是苦谛;其余则是由于行苦而成为苦。为了显示此义,故说“并非只有……”等。其中,以“非无执取”一语,说明了眼处等不被集谛所摄。以“出世间”一语,说明了它们被灭谛与道谛所摄。若此处理当如此解说,则此处当说何语?此乃论敌立论之本性,即前后矛盾。因为彼已被智者所破斥,我等亦已于处处详明此理。“此”即所谓“色是未圆满成就的,唯苦是已圆满成就的”——你所说的这个论点,实不应说。为何?因为色是苦的,色是无常的,且是苦的所依。故说:“凡无常者即是苦”,以及“简言之,五取蕴是苦”。显示巴利原文
917-918.Aniccādikobhāvoti aniccasaṅkhārapaṭiccasamuppannatādiko bhāvo dhammo pakati etassāti attho. Dukkhaññeva parinipphannanti ‘‘dukkhasaccaṃ sandhāya pucchā katā, na dukkhatāmatta’’nti ayamattho viññāyati ‘‘na kevalañhi paṭhamasaccameva dukkha’’nti vacanena. Tathā sati paravādinā cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ aññesañca taṃsarikkhakānaṃ dhammānaṃ parinipphannatā nānujānitabbā siyā. Kasmā? Tesampi hi dukkhasaccena saṅgaho, na itarasaccehi. Yañhi samudayasaccato nibbattaṃ, taṃ nippariyāyato dukkhasaccaṃ , itaraṃ saṅkhāradukkhatāya dukkhanti imamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘na kevalañhī’’tiādimāha. Tattha na hi anupādinnānīti iminā cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ samudayasaccena saṅgahābhāvamāha. Lokuttarānīti iminā nirodhamaggasaccehi. Yadi evamettha yutti vattabbā, kimettha vattabbaṃ? Sabhāvo hesa paravādivādassa, yadidaṃ pubbenāparamasaṃsandanaṃ. Tathā hi so viññūhi paṭikkhitto. Tathā ceva taṃ amhehi tattha tattha vibhāvitaṃ. Etanti ‘‘rūpaṃ aparinipphannaṃ, dukkhaññeva parinipphanna’’nti yadetaṃ tayā vuttaṃ, etaṃ no vata re vattabbe. Kasmā? Rūpassa ca dukkhattā. Rūpañhi aniccaṃ dukkhādhiṭṭhānañca. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ. Saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā’’ti ca.